7. Ζ ΤΑΔΕ ΤΟ ΕΒΔΟΜΟΝ ΠΕΡΙΕΧΕΙ ΣΥΓΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΤΗ ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΚΗΣ ΠΡΟΠΑΡΑΣΚΕΥΗΣ 7. αʹ. Τὰ περὶ τοῦ τῶν ἀνέκαθεν ἑβραίων βίου καὶ ὡς εὐλόγως τὰς ἐνθέους αὐτῶν γραφὰς τῶν πατρίων λόγων προετιμήσαμεν βʹ. Ἀνακεφαλαίωσις τῆς παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔθνεσι θεολογίας καὶ οἵων κακῶν αἰτία συνέστη τῷ βίῳ γʹ. Παράθεσις τοῦ τῶν ἑβραίων τρόπου καὶ ὅπως ἐδόξαζον περὶ τοῦ ποιητοῦ καὶ δημιουργοῦ τῶν ὅλων δʹ. Ὅπως ἐφρόνουν περὶ ἀθανασίας ψυχῆς καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων οὐσίας εʹ. Ὅπως φιλόθεοι γεγονότες τῶν ἀναγράπτων θεοφανειῶν καὶ χρησμῶν ἠξιώθησαν ʹ. Ὡς ἐκτὸς ἦσαν Ἰουδαϊσμοῦ πρόσθεν ἢ Μωσέα γενέσθαι ἐπ' εὐσεβείᾳ διαλάμψαντες ζʹ. Ὡς αὐτὸς ὁ Μωσῆς Ἑβραίων τῶν πρὸ τῆς ἡλικίας αὐτοῦ τῇ οἰκείᾳ καταβέβληται γραφῇ τοὺς βίους ηʹ. Ὡς εὐλόγῳ κρίσει καὶ σώφρονι λογισμῷ τὴν περὶ τῶνδε ἱστορίαν παρεδεξάμεθα θʹ. Ἐπιδρομὴ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς δηλουμένους βίων τῶν τε πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα μέχρι τῆς Μωσέως γενεᾶς διαρκεσάντων ιʹ. Περὶ τῶν παρ' Ἑβραίοις δογματικῶν θεωρημάτων ιαʹ. Περὶ τῆς καθόλου προνοίας ιβʹ. Περὶ τῆς συστάσεως καὶ δημιουργίας τοῦ κόσμου ιγʹ. Ἑβραίων δόξαι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ δὴ καὶ πρώτου τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου ιδʹ. Περὶ τῆς τοῦ δευτέρου αἰτίου θεολογίας ιεʹ. Περὶ τῆς τῶν λογικῶν συστάσεως ι ʹ. Περὶ τῆς ἐναντίας δυνάμεως ιζʹ. Περὶ τῆς τἀνθρώπου φύσεως ιηʹ. Περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀγένητον εἶναι τὴν ὕλην ιθʹ. Ὅτι μὴ ἀγένητος ἡ ὕλη μηδὲ κακῶν αἰτία
7. The seventh book of the Preparation for the Gospel contains the following: 1. On the life of the ancient Hebrews and how we reasonably preferred their inspired scriptures to the ancestral accounts. 2. A recapitulation of the theology among the other nations and of what evils it was the cause in life. 3. A presentation of the manner of the Hebrews and how they thought concerning the maker and creator of the universe. 4. How they thought concerning the immortality of the soul and concerning the substance of bodies. 5. How, being lovers of God, they were deemed worthy of recorded theophanies and oracles. 6. That they were outside Judaism before Moses arose, having shone in piety. 7. How Moses himself recorded the lives of the Hebrews before his own time in his own writing. 8. How we accepted the history of these matters with reasonable judgment and sound reasoning. 9. A survey of the lives in question, both of the God-loving men before the flood and of those who continued afterward up to the generation of Moses. 10. On the doctrinal teachings among the Hebrews. 11. On universal providence. 12. On the constitution and creation of the world. 13. Opinions of the Hebrews concerning God, who is indeed the first cause of all things. 14. On the theology of the second cause. 15. On the constitution of rational beings. 16. On the opposing power. 17. On the nature of man. 18. On the fact that matter is not ungenerated. 19. That matter is neither ungenerated nor the cause of evils.
Ζ αʹ. ΤΑ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΤΩΝ ΑΝΕΚΑΘΕΝ ΕΒΡΑΙΩΝ ΒΙΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΩΣ ΕΥΛΟΓΩΣ ΤΑΣ ΕΝΘΕΟΥΣ ΑΥΤΩΝ ΓΡΑΦΑΣ ΤΩΝ ΠΑΤΡΙΩΝ ΛΟΓΩΝ ΠΡΟΕΤΙΜΗΣΑΜΕΝ Ἑβραίων πέρι λοιπὸν καὶ τῆς κατὰ τούτους φιλοσοφίας τε καὶ εὐσεβείας, ἣν τῶν πατρίων ἁπάντων προτετιμήκαμεν, τὸν τοῦ βίου τρόπον ὑπογράψαι καιρός. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἀλόγῳ, κεκριμένῳ δὲ καὶ σώφρονι λογισμῷ τῆς διεψευσμένης ὁμοῦ πάντων Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων θεολογίας τὴν ἀπόλειψιν πεποιημένοι συνέστημεν, ὥρα λοιπὸν τὴν δευτέραν ἐπιλύσασθαι, τὴν αἰτίαν ἀποδιδόντας τῆς τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν λόγων μεταποιή7.1.3 σεως. τὸ μὲν οὖν μὴ φέρειν τινὰ μέμψιν ἡμῖν τὴν ἀπὸ βαρβάρων τοῦ συμφέροντος μετάληψιν ἐπὶ τῆς δεούσης σχολῆς παραστήσομεν, πάντα τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ αὐτοῖς γε τοῖς βοωμένοις αὐτῶν φιλοσόφοις τὰ φιλόσοφα μαθήματα καὶ τὰ ἄλλως κοινὰ καὶ ταῖς πολιτικαῖς λυσιτελοῦντα χρείαις παρὰ βαρβάρων ἐσκευωρῆσθαι ἐπιδείξοντες· τὸ δὲ μηδέν πω μηδ' ὅλως παρά τισιν εὑρῆσθαι τῶν ἐθνῶν οἷον τὸ παρ' Ἑβραίων ἡμῖν ἀγαθὸν πεπορισμένον ὧδε ἂν γένοιτο πρόδηλον·
1. On the life of the ancient Hebrews and how we reasonably preferred their inspired scriptures to the ancestral accounts. It remains now to describe the manner of life of the Hebrews, and their philosophy and piety, which we have preferred to all ancestral traditions. For since we have not without reason, but by a considered and sober judgment, abandoned the false theology of all Greeks and barbarians alike, and have taken our stand, it is now time to resolve the second question, giving the reason for our adoption of the Hebrew writings. That no blame attaches to us for taking what is beneficial from barbarians we shall show at the proper time, by demonstrating that all philosophical learning, and all other common knowledge useful for civil life, were derived by the Greeks, even by their most celebrated philosophers, from barbarians; but that nothing has been found among any nations at all comparable to the good which we have obtained from the Hebrews will be made evident here.
βʹ. ΑΝΑΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΩΣΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΠΑΡΑ ΤΟΙΣ ΑΛΛΟΙΣ ΕΘΝΕΣΙ ΘΕΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΟΙΩΝ ΚΑΚΩΝ ΑΙΤΙΑ ΣΥΝΕΣΤΗ ΤΩΙ ΒΙΩΙ Οἱ μὲν δὴ λοιποὶ πάντες ἄνθρωποι ἄνωθεν ἐκ πρώτης τοῦ βίου συστάσεως καὶ εἰς τὸν μετέπειτα χρόνον μόνῃ τῇ τῶν σωμάτων προσανασχόντες αἰσθήσει τῷ μηδὲν περὶ τῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς ψυχῆς διειληφέναι πλέον τε οὐδὲν τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ὑπάρχειν ἡγησάμενοι, τὸ καλὸν καὶ συμφέρον καὶ μόνον ἀγαθὸν τῇ τῶν σωμάτων ἀνέθηκαν ἡδονῇ· μόνην τε ταύτην, ὡς τὸ μόνον οὖσαν ἀγαθὸν καὶ προσηνὲς καὶ ἡδὺ
πρὸς ἀπόλαυσίν τε εὐδαίμονος βίου αὐτάρκη, περισπούδαστον ὑποθέμενοι θεῶν μεγίστην ἡγήσαντό τε καὶ τεθειάκασιν, οὐδὲ τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῆς, εἰ μὴ μετέχοι τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ἡδονῆς, ἐφιέμενοι καὶ ζῆν οὐ διὰ τὸ ζῆν, διὰ δὲ τὸ ἡδέως ζῆν ἀσπαζόμενοι, τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις εὐξάμενοι παισὶν ὡς μόνον ἀγαθὸν παρεῖναι. ἔνθεν οἱ μὲν τὰ χορηγὰ τῆς ἐνσάρκου ζωῆς ἥλιον εἶναι καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας ὑποτοπήσαντες καί πως καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν τοῦ φωτὸς καταπλαγέντες πρώτους θεοὺς ἀνηγόρευσαν, μόνους αἰτίους τῶν ὅλων εἶναι ἀποφηνάμενοι· οἱ δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ γῆς καρποὺς τήν τε ὑγρὰν καὶ ξηρὰν καὶ θερμὴν οὐσίαν τά τε λοιπὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη, δι' ὧν αὐτοῖς τὰ σώματα τρεφόμενά τε καὶ πιαινόμενα τὴν ἔνσαρκον ὁμοῦ ζωήν τε καὶ ἡδονὴν ἐθηρᾶτο, θεῶν πάλιν προσηγορίᾳ τετιμήκασιν· οἱ δὲ πολὺ πρότερον τούτων γυμνῇ καὶ ἀκαλύπτῳ κεφαλῇ τὰ σφέτερα πάθη καὶ τὴν δέσποιναν αὐτῶν ἡδονήν, ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον καὶ ἀφροδίτην, καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν κρατεῖν εἰπόντες ἀπεθέωσαν·
2. Recapitulation of the theology among the other nations and of what evils it was the cause in life. All the rest of mankind, from the earliest establishment of life and into subsequent time, having applied themselves only to the perception of bodies, because they had formed no conception of the soul within them and considered that nothing beyond what is seen exists among beings, assigned the beautiful, the advantageous, and the only good to the pleasure of bodies. And this alone, as being the only good, agreeable, and pleasant, and self-sufficient for the enjoyment of a happy life, they posited as most to be sought after, and they considered and deified it as the greatest of gods, not even desiring life itself unless it partook of bodily pleasure, and embracing living not for the sake of living, but for the sake of living pleasantly, praying that this be present to their own children as the only good. Hence some, supposing that the sun, moon, and stars are the providers of embodied life, and being somehow struck by the sight of light, first proclaimed them gods, declaring them to be the sole causes of all things. Others honored the fruits of the earth, and the moist, dry, and hot substance, and the remaining parts of the world, through which their bodies, being nourished and fattened, sought after embodied life and pleasure, again with the appellation of gods. Others, much earlier than these, with bare and uncovered head, deified their own passions and their mistress pleasure, saying that Eros, Pothos, and Aphrodite rule even over the gods themselves.
οἱ δὲ τοὺς τῶν ἡδέων χορηγούς τε καὶ εὑρετὰς αὐτοῖς γενομένους ἄνδρας, τυράννους τινὰς καὶ δυνάστας, δι' ἃς ἔτυχον ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐπαθείας, ζῶντάς τε ἔτι καὶ μετὰ τελευτὴν ἐθεοποίησαν· οἱ δὲ μοχθηρῶν πνευμάτων καὶ δαιμόνων γενόμενοι παραπαίγνια ἔτι μειζόνως τὸ παθητικὸν αὐτῶν μέρος τῆς ψυχῆς συνηύξησαν, τὰ ἡδέα καὶ παρὰ τούτων διὰ τῆς νενομισμένης αὐτῶν θεραπείας ἐκπορίζοντες· οἱ δὲ μηδενὸς τούτων ἀνασχόμενοι τὸ ἄθεον ὡς πολὺ κρεῖττον τῆς τοιᾶσδε θεολογίας εἰσηγήσαντο· οἱ δὲ ἔτι τούτων ἁπάντων ἀναιδέστεροι τὸν φιλόσοφον καὶ τρισευδαίμονα βίον οὐδ' ἄλλον εἶναι ἢ τὸν ἡδὺν ἀπεφή7.2.3 ναντο, τέλος τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὴν ἡδονὴν ὁρισάμενοι. ταύτη δ' οὖν τὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων γένος ὡς ἂν δεσποίνῃ πικρᾷ καὶ χαλεπωτάτῃ ἡδονῇ θεῷ, μᾶλλον δὲ αἰσχρῷ καὶ ἀκολάστῳ δαίμονι, καταδεδουλωμένον παντοίαις ἐνεφύρετο ταλαιπωρίαις. «αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν», κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν ἀπόστολον, «μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν·
Others deified certain men, tyrants and potentates, who became providers and inventors of pleasures for them, because of the enjoyments they received from them, both while they were still alive and after their death. Others, having become playthings of base spirits and demons, further increased the passionate part of their soul, procuring pleasures even from these through their customary worship. Others, rejecting none of these, introduced atheism as far superior to such theology. Others, more shameless than all these, declared that the philosophical and thrice-blessed life is nothing other than the pleasant life, defining pleasure as the end of goods. Thus the whole human race, enslaved as to a bitter and most harsh mistress—pleasure as a god, or rather a shameful and licentious demon—was embroiled in all kinds of miseries. "For their females," according to the holy apostle, "changed the natural use into that which is contrary to nature.
ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες, ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας, ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους, ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσι τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν, ἣν ἔδει, τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες.» ταύτη καὶ Ἕλληνες καὶ βάρβαροι, σοφοί τε καὶ ἰδιῶται, χαμαὶ καὶ ἐπὶ γαστέρα πεσόντες ὡς θεῷ τῇ ἡδονῇ προσεκύνησαν πρηνεῖς τε σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἑρπετῶν δίκην καταβαλόντες ἄμαχον καὶ ἀπαραίτητον θεὸν ταύτην ἡγήσαντό τε καὶ ἔστερξαν, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ ὕμνοις ἔν τε θεῶν ἑορταῖς ἔν τε ταῖς πανδήμοις θέαις μόνης τῆς αἰσχρᾶς καὶ ἀκολάστου ἡδονῆς τὰ ὄργια καὶ τὰς ἀσέμνους τελετὰς μυούμενοί τε καὶ τελοῦντες, ὡς, εἰ καί τι ἄλλο, καὶ τόδε καλῶς παρ' ἡμῖν ἀνῃρῆσθαι· «Ἀρχὴ γὰρ πορνείας ἐπίνοια εἰδώλων.» καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν θεολογίας τοσαύτην εἰλήφει, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ φάναι, τὴν πολυτροπίαν, μιᾶς μὲν ἀρχῆς τῆς ἀκαθάρτου καὶ μιαρᾶς ἡδονῆς ἀνημμένα, ὕδρας δὲ πολυαυχένου καὶ πολυκεφάλου τρόπον εἰς πολλὰς καὶ ποικίλας διαιρέσεις τε καὶ τομὰς ἐξενηνεγμένα. ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τοσαύτην ἔτυχον προβεβλημένοι τὴν πλάνην, εἰκότα δὴ αὐτοῖς ἡδονῇ θεῷ καὶ κακῷ δαίμονι χρωμένοις ἐπὶ κακοῖς κακὰ συνηγείρετο, γυναιμανίαις καὶ ἀρρένων φθοραῖς μητρογαμίαις τε καὶ θυγατρομιξίαις τὸν πάντα καταφυρομένοις βίον καὶ τὴν ἄγριον καὶ θηριώδη φύσιν ὑπερβολῇ φαυλότητος νενικηκόσι. τοιοῦτος μὲν οὖν ὁ τρόπος τῶν παλαιῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ τῆς διεψευσμένης αὐτῶν θεολογίας διὰ τῶν συνηγμένων ἡμῖν Ἑλληνικῶν λογογράφων τε καὶ φιλοσόφων ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἀποδέδεικται.
Similarly, the males, abandoning the natural use of the female, were inflamed in their desire for one another, males working shame upon males and receiving in themselves the recompense that their error deserved. In this way, both Greeks and barbarians, wise and ignorant, prostrating themselves on the ground and on their bellies, worshipped pleasure as a god, casting themselves prone like reptiles, and they considered and cherished this as an invincible and inexorable deity, in songs and hymns, in festivals of the gods, in public spectacles, initiating and celebrating only the orgies and indecent rites of shameful and licentious pleasure, so that, if anything else, this too has been well abolished among us: "For the beginning of fornication is the invention of idols." And the theology of the other nations had taken on such multiplicity, to speak briefly, attached to one principle, that of impure and defiling pleasure, but brought forth like a many-necked and many-headed hydra into many and varied divisions and branches. Since, then, they had set before themselves such an error, it was fitting that evils were gathered together for them by evils, as they used pleasure as a god and an evil demon, defiling their entire life with woman-madness, corruption of males, marriages to mothers, and intercourse with daughters, surpassing even the wild and bestial nature by an excess of depravity. Such, then, is the character of the ancient nations and their false theology, as has been demonstrated through the Greek logographers and philosophers collected by us in the preceding passages.
γʹ. ΠΑΡΑΘΕΣΙΣ ΤΟΥ ΤΩΝ ΕΒΡΑΙΩΝ ΤΡΟΠΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΟΠΩΣ ΕΔΟΞΑΖΟΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΠΟΙΗΤΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΔΗΜΙΟΥΡΓΟΥ ΤΩΝ ΟΛΩΝ
Εἰ δὴ οὖν συνῶπταί σοι ὁ τῶν παλαιῶν βίος, ἄθρει δὴ λοιπὸν τῇ διανοίᾳ μόνους παῖδας Ἑβραίων ἐν τοσούτοις τὴν ἐναντίαν ἀπιόντας. οἵδε γὰρ πρῶτοι καὶ μόνοι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἄνωθεν ἐκ πρώτης τοῦ βίου καταβολῆς λογικῇ θεωρίᾳ τὴν διάνοιαν ἀναθέντες καὶ τῇ περὶ τοῦ παντὸς φυσιολογίᾳ εὐσεβῶς ἐπιστήσαντες, πρῶτα μὲν τὰ τῶν σωμάτων στοιχεῖα, γῆν, ὕδωρ, ἀέρα, πῦρ, ἐξ ὧν τόδε τὸ πᾶν συνεστὼς κατεμάνθανον, ἥλιόν τε καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας οὐ θεούς, ἔργα δὲ εἶναι θεοῦ διελογίσαντο, τὴν φύσιν τῆς σωματικῆς οὐσίας οὐ μόνον ἄλογον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄψυχον εἶναι, καθ' ὅσον ῥοώδης καὶ φθαρτὴ οὖσα τυγχάνει, συννοήσαντες κἄπειτα λογισάμενοι ὡς οὐχ οἷόν τε τὴν τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου διάταξιν, εὖ καὶ σοφῶς ἡρμοσμένην ἔμπλεών τε ζῴων ἐμψύχων λογικῶν τε καὶ ἀλόγων ὑπάρχουσαν, αὐτόματον ἐπιγράφεσθαι τὴν αἰτίαν οὐδέ γε τῶν ἐμψύχων τὴν ποιητικὴν ἀρχὴν ἄψυχον ὑπολαμβάνειν οὐδ' ἄλογον τὴν τῶν λογικῶν δημιουργόν· ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ξύλων καὶ λίθων αὐτόματός ποτ' ἂν οἰκοδομία συσταίη οὐδέ γε ἐσθὴς ὑφάντου δίχα συντελεσθείη οὐδὲ πόλεις καὶ πολιτεῖαι νόμων ἐκτὸς καὶ ἀρχοντικῆς διατάξεως οὐδ' ἐκτὸς κυβερνήτου ναῦς οὐδὲ τὸ σμικρότατον τέχνης ὄργανον ὑποσταίη ἂν μὴ διὰ τεχνίτου οὐδ' εὐόρμου ποτὲ ναῦς λιμένος τύχοι μὴ οὐχὶ σὺν ἀγαθῷ κυβερνήτῃ· οὐδ' ἡ τῶν καθόλου στοιχείων ἄρα φύσις, ἄψυχος οὖσα καὶ ἄλογος, τῷ καθ' ἑαυτὴν λόγῳ δίχα τῆς ἀνωτάτω τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας λόγου ποτὲ καὶ ζωῆς ἀνθέξεται.
3. EXPOSITION OF THE HEBREW WAY AND HOW THEY GLORIFIED THE MAKER AND CREATOR OF ALL THINGS
If, then, the life of the ancients is clear to you, consider now in your mind that only the children of the Hebrews went the opposite way among so many. For they first and alone of all men, from the beginning of life, devoting their mind to rational contemplation and piously applying themselves to the natural philosophy of the universe, first learned that the elements of bodies—earth, water, air, fire, of which this universe is composed—as well as the sun, moon, and stars, are not gods but works of God, having understood that the nature of bodily substance is not only irrational but also inanimate, inasmuch as it is flowing and perishable. And then they reasoned that it is not possible for the order of the whole cosmos, well and wisely fitted together and full of animate beings, both rational and irrational, to ascribe its cause to chance, nor to suppose that the creative principle of animate things is inanimate, nor that the maker of rational beings is irrational; since neither would a building of wood and stone ever come together by chance, nor would a garment be completed without a weaver, nor would cities and constitutions exist without laws and ruling order, nor a ship without a pilot, nor would even the smallest instrument of art subsist without an artisan, nor would a well-harbored ship ever find a harbor without a good pilot. Therefore, neither will the nature of the elements as a whole, being inanimate and irrational, by its own account endure without the supreme wisdom, word, and life of God.
ταῦτα δὴ καὶ τοιαῦτα διανοηθέντες οἱ τῆς Ἑβραίων εὐσεβείας πατέρες, ἐκ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς κτισμάτων νῷ κεκαθαρμένῳ καὶ ψυχῆς διαυγέσιν ὄμμασι τὸν πάντων γενεσιουργὸν θεὸν ἐσεβάσθησαν.
δʹ. ΟΠΩΣ ΕΦΡΟΝΟΥΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΑΘΑΝΑΣΙΑΣ ΨΥΧΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΣΩΜΑΤΩΝ ΟΥΣΙΑΣ Κἄπειτα μέρος οὐ μικρὸν τοῦ παντὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἶναι συναισθόμενοι τὸ μέν τι αὐτῶν τίμιον εἶναι ἡγήσαντο τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ ἄνθρωπον, τὸν κατὰ ψυχὴν νενοημένον, τὸ δὲ τούτου χώραν περιβολῆς ἐπέχειν· τοῦτο δὲ εἶναι τὸ σῶμα. καὶ δὴ τοῦτον διελόμενοι τὸν τρόπον, τὴν πᾶσαν περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἔνδον ἀνθρώπου ζωῆς φροντίδα καὶ σπουδὴν εἰσηνέγκαντο, τοῦτο καὶ παρὰ τῷ πάντων δημιουργῷ θεῷ προσφιλὲς εἶναι λογισάμενοι, ὅς που τὴν ἀνθρώπων φύσιν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἁπάντων κρατεῖν οὐ ῥώμῃ σώματος ὡς ἀρετῇ ψυχῆς ἐδωρήσατο τὰ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ὄντων εἶναι ἄψυχα, οἷα λίθους καὶ ξύλα, τὰ δὲ ζωτικῆς δυνάμεως μέτοχα, οἷα τὰ ἀπὸ γῆς βλαστήματα, τὰ δὲ αἰσθήσεως ὁρμῆς τε φανταστικῆς μεμοιραμένα, οἷα ζῴων τὰ ἄλογα· πάντα δὲ ταῦτα ἑνὶ τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν δουλοῦσθαι, οὐ ῥώμῃ σώματος καὶ ἰσχύϊ κατηναγκασμένα, λογισμῷ δὲ καὶ ψυχῆς ἀρετῇ, ᾗ τὸ κατὰ πάντων τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἀρχικόν τε καὶ βασιλικὸν γέρας ἄνωθεν παρὰ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου συγκεχωρῆσθαι κατειλήφεσαν·
Having pondered these and similar thoughts, the fathers of Hebrew piety, with purified mind and the clear eyes of the soul, revered the creator god of all things from the magnitude and beauty of the creations.
4. HOW THEY THOUGHT ABOUT THE IMMORTALITY OF THE SOUL AND ABOUT THE SUBSTANCE OF BODIES Then, perceiving themselves to be no small part of the whole, they considered that one part of themselves was honorable, and this was the true human being, conceived according to the soul, while the other part served as the place of its covering; and this was the body. And having made this distinction in this way, they devoted all care and zeal to the life of the inner human being, reasoning that this was also dear to the creator god of all things, who somewhere granted the human race dominion over all things on earth not by bodily strength but by virtue of soul; for some beings are soulless, such as stones and wood, others partake of vital power, such as plants from the earth, others are allotted sensation and impulsive imagination, such as irrational animals; and all these are enslaved to the single race of humans for service, constrained not by bodily strength and might, but by reason and virtue of soul, by which they understood that the ruling and kingly prerogative over all things on earth had been granted from above by the cause of all things.
ἔνθεν ὁρμώμενοι σῶμα μὲν καὶ τὰ σωμάτων ἡδέα οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἐπὶ γῆς θρεμμάτων προτιμᾶν διενοήθησαν, τὸ δ' ἐν αὐτοῖς ἄρχον, ὡς ἂν τοῦ πάντων ἄρχοντος οἰκεῖον, καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ λογικόν τε καὶ νοερὸν θεῖόν τε καὶ ἐπιστημονικόν, ὡς ἂν τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ τὴν ὁμοίωσιν φέρον, μόνον διὰ σπουδῆς ἔσχον. εἶτα μηδ' ἄλλο τι ἐνθυμηθέντες ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τοῦ πάντων ἀγαθῶν χορηγοῦ θεοῦ, τέλος ἁπάσης εὐδαιμονίας τὴν αὐτοῦ γνῶσίν τε καὶ φιλίαν εἶναι ἀπεφήναντο, ὅτι καὶ αὐτῆς ζωῆς καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ σώ7.4.5 ματος καὶ τῶν τούτοις ἀναγκαίων μόνος αὐτὸς ἀνῆπται τὴν αἰτίαν. τούτῳ δὴ οὖν σφᾶς ὅλους αὐτῷ σώματι καὶ
ψυχῇ φέροντες ἀνατεθείκασι, τὸν πάντα αὐτῶν βίον ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἀναρτησάμενοι καὶ μόνῳ προσέχειν, ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων ἀξιώσαντες. οὕτω δὴ φιλόθεοι ὁμοῦ καὶ θεοφιλεῖς ἀναφανέντες θεραπευταί τινες ὄντως καὶ ἱερεῖς τοῦ ὑψίστου ἀπεφάνθησαν ἢ καὶ «γένος ἐκλεκτὸν» καὶ «βασιλικὸν ἱεράτευμά» τε θεοῦ καὶ «ἔθνος ἅγιον» προσαγορευθῆναι ἠξιώθησαν, σπέρμα τῆς ἀληθοῦς ταύτης εὐσεβείας καὶ τοῖς ὀψιγόνοις αὐτῶν ἀπολελοιπότες. ἆρ' οὖν λογισμῷ σοι δοκοῦμεν τούσδε τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν προτετιμηκέναι καὶ μᾶλλον τῶν Φοινίκων τε καὶ Αἰγυπτίων θεῶν τῶν τε περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς δυσφήμων ἀτοπημάτων τὰς παρ' Ἑβραίοις περὶ εὐσεβῶν ἀνδρῶν διηγήσεις ἀποδέξασθαι;
Starting from this, they resolved to honor the body and bodily pleasures no more than the other creatures on the earth, but to regard the ruling element within themselves, as akin to the ruler of all, and the rational, intellectual, divine, and scientific part of the soul, as bearing the likeness of the god over all, as their sole concern. Then, considering nothing else to be good except the god who is the giver of all goods, they declared that the end of all happiness is knowledge of and friendship with him, because he alone is the cause of life itself, soul, body, and the necessities for these. Therefore, offering themselves entirely, body and soul, they dedicated themselves to him, suspending their whole life upon him, and deigning to attend to him alone and to nothing else among visible things. Thus appearing both lovers of god and beloved of god, they were shown to be truly servants and priests of the Most High, and were deemed worthy to be called a "chosen race," a "royal priesthood" of god, and a "holy nation," leaving a seed of this true piety to their posterity. Do you think, then, that by reason we have preferred these to the Greek, and to the Phoenician and Egyptian gods, and to the impious absurdities concerning the gods, and have accepted the Hebrew accounts of pious men?
εʹ. ΟΠΩΣ ΦΙΛΟΘΕΟΙ ΓΕΓΟΝΟΤΕΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΝΑΓΡΑΠΤΩΝ ΘΕΟΦΑΝΕΙΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΧΡΗΣΜΩΝ ΗΞΙΩΘΗΣΑΝ Θέα δ' οὖν ἔτι εἰς ὅσον θεοφιλοῦς ἀρετῆς προελθεῖν φασι τοὺς δηλουμένους. ἀποδεξάμενον τὸ θεῖον τῆς τε ἄλλης τοῦ βίου εὐσεβείας καὶ φιλοσοφίας τῆς τε περὶ αὐτὸ θεραπείας τοὺς ἄνδρας ἤδη καὶ θειοτέρων χρησμῶν θεοφανειῶν τε αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀγγελικῶν ὀπτασιῶν ἠξίου, τὰ ἐνδέοντα τῇ θνητῇ φύσει ταῖς τῶν πρακτέων ὑποθήκαις ἐπιδιορθούμενον δογμάτων τε καὶ μαθημάτων αὐτοῖς θεοπρεπῶν τὴν γνῶσιν ἀποκαλύπτον, ὡς μηκέτι συλλογισμοῖς μηδὲ εἰκασίαις, ἐκλάμψει δὲ αὐτῆς ἀληθείας φωτίζεσθαι τὰς διανοίας αὐτῶν, ὥστε ἤδη θεοφορουμένους τὴν τῶν μελλόντων ἔσεσθαι ὡς παρόντων ἐπιθεωρεῖν κατάληψιν καὶ τὰ καθόλου συμβησόμενα τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει θεσπίζειν. τοιαῦτα τῆς Ἑβραίων ἀρετῆς τὰ πολυύμνητα καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς θεοφιλῆ περιέχει λόγια, ἃ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καὶ πατρίων μύθων τε καὶ λήρων προτετιμήκαμεν· οἱ μέν γε περὶ θεῶν τὰ αἰσχρότατα περιεῖχον, οἱ δὲ περὶ θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν τὰς εὐσεβεῖς διδασκαλίας.
5. How, having become lovers of God, they were deemed worthy of unwritten theophanies and oracles. See, then, to what extent they say the men in question advanced in godly virtue. The divine, having accepted their piety in other aspects of life, their philosophy, and their service to it, now deemed them worthy of more divine oracles, theophanies, and angelic visions, correcting what was lacking in mortal nature through precepts of what must be done, and revealing to them knowledge of doctrines and teachings befitting God, so that their minds were no longer illuminated by syllogisms or conjectures, but by the radiance of truth itself, so that they, now inspired, could contemplate the future as if present and prophesy what would happen to the human race in general. Such are the much-hymned and truly god-loving records of Hebrew virtue, which we have preferred over Greek and ancestral myths and nonsense; for the latter contained the most shameful things about gods, while the former contained pious teachings about god-loving men.
ʹ. ΩΣ ΕΚΤΟΣ ΗΣΑΝ ΙΟΥΔΑΪΣΜΟΥ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΝ Η ΜΩΣΕΑ ΓΕΝΕΣΘΑΙ ΕΠ' ΕΥΣΕΒΕΙΑΙ ΔΙΑΛΑΜΨΑΝΤΕΣ Ταῦτα δὲ πάλαι πρότερον πρὶν ἢ καὶ Μωσέα καὶ τὸ Ἰουδαίων γένος ὑποστῆναι ἐξ ἔτι μακροῦ αἰῶνος παρὰ τοῖς Ἰουδαίων προπάτορσιν ἐγνωρίζετο. καὶ γὰρ οὖν καὶ τοῦτο διαρθρῶσαι καλόν, ὡς ὁ Ἰουδαϊσμὸς οὐκ ἦν πω τότε, ἀλλ' Ἑβραῖοι μὲν οἱ δηλούμενοι ὁμοῦ τῇ προσηγορίᾳ καὶ τὸν τρόπον ὑπῆρχον, Ἰουδαῖοι δὲ οὔτ' ἦσάν πω οὔτ' ἐχρημάτιζον. Ἑβραίων δὲ καὶ Ἰουδαίωντὸ διάφορον γνοίης ἂν ὧδε· τὴν μὲν προσηγορίαν οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰούδα, ἐξ οὗ τῆς φυλῆς τὸ Ἰουδαίων μακροῖς ὕστερον χρόνοις βασίλειον συνέστη, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἕβερ προπάτωρ δὲ τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ οὗτος ἦν ἐπεγράφοντο προτερεῖν τε Ἰουδαίων Ἑβραίους διδάσκουσιν οἱ ἱεροὶ λόγοι· τὸν δὲ τῆς εὐσεβείας τρόπον, Ἰουδαίοις μὲν πρῶτον ἀπάρξασθαι τῆς νομοθεσίας Μωσέα, σαββάτου τινὸς παραδόντα ἡμέραν καὶ ταύτης πλείστην ὅσην φυλακὴν εἰς ὑπόμνησιν σχολῆς τῶν ἱερῶν λόγων βρωτέων τε καὶ οὐ βρωτέων ζῴων διαστολὴν ἑορτάς τε ἐτησίους καί τινας σωμάτων καθαρμοὺς ἄλλης τε μα7.6.4 κρᾶς περιόδου κατά τινα σύμβολα θειότερον ἐπιτελουμένας. Ἑβραῖοι δὲ πρεσβύτεροι Μωσέως γενόμενοι τοῖς χρόνοις, πάσης τῆς διὰ Μωσέως νομοθεσίας ἀνεπήκοοι ὄντες, ἐλεύθερον καὶ ἀνειμένον εὐσεβείας κατώρθουν τρόπον, βίῳ μὲν τῷ κατὰ φύσιν κεκοσμημένοι, ὡς μηδὲν νόμων
6. How They Were Outside Judaism Before Moses, Having Shone in Piety
These things were known long before, even before Moses and the race of the Jews came into being, from a remote age among the ancestors of the Jews. For it is also good to articulate this, that Judaism did not yet exist then, but the persons indicated were Hebrews both in name and in manner, while they were neither Jews nor called such. You may understand the difference between Hebrews and Jews as follows: the name of the latter derives from Judah, from whose tribe the kingdom of the Jews was established much later in time, while the former were named after Eber, who was the forefather of Abraham, and the sacred writings teach that Hebrews preceded Jews. As for the manner of piety, for the Jews Moses first began the legislation, delivering a certain day of the Sabbath and very great observance of it as a reminder of leisure for sacred discourses, a distinction between edible and inedible animals, annual feasts, and certain purifications of bodies and other rites of a long cycle performed according to more divine symbols. But the Hebrews, being older than Moses in time and unacquainted with all the legislation through Moses, accomplished a free and unconstrained manner of piety, adorned with a life according to nature, so as to be without need of laws.
δεῖσθαι τῶν ἀρξόντων αὐτῶν δι' ἄκραν ψυχῆς ἀπάθειαν, γνῶσιν δὲ ἀληθῆ τῶν περὶ θεοῦ δογμάτων ἀνειληφέναι. ἀλλὰ γὰρ τῶνδε τοῦτον εἰρημένων τὸν τρόπον, ὥρα καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐγγράφων ἐλθεῖν.
ζʹ. ΩΣ ΑΥΤΟΣ Ο ΜΩΣΗΣ ΕΒΡΑΙΩΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΡΟ ΤΗΣ ΗΛΙΚΙΑΣ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΤΗΙ ΟΙΚΕΙΑΙ ΚΑΤΑΒΕΒΛΗΤΑΙ ΓΡΑΦΗΙ ΤΟΥΣ ΒΙΟΥΣ Ὁ τοίνυν μέγας θεολόγος Μωσῆς Ἑβραῖος ὢν ἐξ Ἑβραίων, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, εὖ τε τὰ πάτρια ἐξεπιστάμενος, ὡς ἐν προοιμίοις τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων τοὺς τῶν προπατόρων Ἑβραίων βίους μνήμαις ἀνεξαλείπτοις παραδέδωκεν ὧν τε ἀγαθῶν οὗτοι παρὰ θεοῦ ἠξιώθησαν καὶ αὖ πάλιν ἄλλων ἀθέων καὶ δυσσεβῶν τρόπους τε καὶ τιμωρίας, ἀναγκαῖον ἡγησάμενος ὑπάρξειν τοῦτο τοῖς μέλλουσι τοὺς αὐτοῦ νόμους παιδεύεσθαι μάθημα εἴς τε ἀποφυγὴν τῆς τῶν φαύλων ὁμοιοτροπίας καὶ εἰς προτροπὴν τοῦ τῶν εὐσεβῶν βίου. χρῆν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως μὴ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι δὴ φθάσαντες, καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἐγγράφων αὐτοῦ νόμων, πλείους ἤδη τῶν προπατόρων ὀρθοῖς λογισμοῖς θεοσεβείας ἀρετῇ κατεκοσμήθησαν· οἳ καὶ φίλοι θεοῦ καὶ προφῆται χρηματίσαντες αἰωνίας ἔτυχον παρ' αὐτῷ μνήμης, ὧν μηδὲ ἀλλοτρίους τὸ γένος εἶναι τού7.7.3 τους, οἷς τοὺς νόμους διετάττετο. διὸ καὶ μᾶλλον χρῆναι αὐτούς, ἀπογόνους θεοφιλῶν καὶ δικαίων ἀνδρῶν φύντας, τῆς τῶν προπατόρων εὐσεβείας ζηλωτὰς ἀναδειχθῆναι σπεῦσαί τε τῶν ἴσων τοῖς γεννήσασι παρὰ θεοῦ τυχεῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀποναρκῆσαι μηδ' ἀποκνῆσαι ὡς ἐπ' ἀδυνάτοις τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδος ἑαυτοὺς ἀπογνόντας· δυνατὰ γὰρ εἶναι καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις αὐτῶν προπάτορσιν ἐντελῶς κατωρθωμένα·
they needed no rulers for themselves because of the extreme dispassion of their soul, and had taken up true knowledge of the doctrines concerning God. But since these matters have been stated in this way, it is time to proceed also through the written records.
7. How Moses Himself, a Hebrew, Has Recorded in His Own Scripture the Lives of the Hebrews Before His Time. The great theologian Moses, being a Hebrew of Hebrews, if anyone was, and well acquainted with the ancestral traditions, has in the prefaces of his sacred laws handed down to indelible memory the lives of the Hebrew forefathers—both the good things of which they were deemed worthy by God, and again the ways and punishments of others who were godless and impious—deeming it necessary that this should be a lesson for those who were to be instructed in his laws, both for avoiding imitation of the wicked and for encouragement toward the life of the pious. Moreover, it was necessary not to be ignorant that already, even before his written laws, many of the forefathers had been adorned with right reason and the virtue of piety; and these, having been called friends of God and prophets, obtained eternal remembrance with him, and their race was not alien to those for whom he was ordaining the laws. Therefore, it was all the more necessary that they, being descendants of god-loving and righteous men, should show themselves emulous of the piety of their forefathers and hasten to obtain from God the same things as their ancestors, and not grow slack or shrink back, despairing of the hope of good things as if they were impossible; for what had been fully accomplished by their own forefathers was possible.
ὧν καὶ τὰς εἰκόνας τοῖς τὰ θεῖα παιδευομένοις παρεδίδου, τοὺς βίους καταλέγων τῶν παλαιῶν καὶ τὴν ἰδιάζουσαν ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἀρετὴν ὥσπερ ἐν εἰκόνι γραφῆς διατυπούμενος.
ηʹ. θʹ. ΩΣ ΕΥΛΟΓΩΙ ΚΡΙΣΕΙ ΚΑΙ ΣΩΦΡΟΝΙ ΛΟΓΙΣΜΩΙ ΤΗΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝΔΕ ΙΣΤΟΡΙΑΝ ΠΑΡΕΔΕΞΑΜΕΘΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΠΙΔΡΟΜΗ ΤΩΝ ΠΡΟ ΤΟΥ ΚΑΤΑΚΛΥΣΜΟΥ ΘΕΟΦΙΛΩΝ ΑΝΔΡΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΑΧΡΙ ΜΩΣΕΩΣ Καὶ τούτων δὲ οὐδὲν ἐμποδὼν μὴ οὐχὶ διὰ βραχέων ἐπιδραμεῖν τὴν ἱστορίαν. πρὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ, ὥσπερ ἡ αὐτοῦ Μωσέως περιέχει γραφή δεῖ δέ που, ὡς οἶμαι, μὴ ἄλλοθεν ἢ πάλιν οἴκοθεν τὰ Ἑβραίων πάτρια διασκοπεῖσθαι, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ Αἰγύπτια παρ' Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τὰ Φοινίκων παρὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἐμανθάνομεν, ὡς αὖ πάλιν τὰ Ἑλλήνων παρὰ τῶν ἐν τούτοις διαφανῶν τά τε φιλοσόφων παρὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων, ἀλλ' οὐ παρὰ τῶν ἀπείρων φιλοσοφίας· πόθεν δὲ ἄλλοθεν προσήκοι ἂν καὶ τὰ ἰατρικῆς ἢ παρὰ τῶν ἐπιστημόνων πυνθάνεσθαι; οὕτω δὴ κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν καὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων ἐκ τῶν παρ' Ἑβραίοις λογίων, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἄλλοθέν ποθεν ἀποδέχεσθαι· ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ παρὰ τούτοις κατέχει λόγος, ἄνωθεν πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ ἐκ πρώτης ἀνθρώπων γενέσεως καὶ εἰς τὰς ἑξῆς διαδοχὰς θεοφιλεῖς τινες ἄνδρες γεγόνασι καὶ δίκαιοι πλείους· ὧν ὁ μὲν «ἤλπισεν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ·» τοῦτο δὲ δηλοῖ τὸ μηδένα πλὴν τῶν ἁπάντων τὸν δημιουργὸν δεσπότην ὁμοῦ καὶ θεὸν τῶν ὅλων ἐπιγράψασθαι.
of whom he also handed down the images to those being instructed in divine matters, recounting the lives of the ancients and delineating the particular virtue of each one as if in a painted image.
8. 9. How we have accepted the history of these matters with reasonable judgment and sound reasoning, and a survey of the God-beloved men before the flood and up to Moses. And none of these things prevents us from running through the history briefly. Now before the flood, as the writing of Moses himself contains—for it is necessary, I think, to examine the ancestral traditions of the Hebrews from no other source than again from within, just as we learned Egyptian matters from Egyptians and Phoenician matters from their own people, and again Greek matters from those distinguished in these things, and philosophical matters from philosophers, but not from those inexperienced in philosophy; and from what other source would it be fitting to inquire into medical matters than from the experts? So accordingly I think it necessary to accept the Hebrew matters from the oracles among the Hebrews, and not from anywhere else. Therefore, as the account among them holds, from the beginning, before the flood, from the first generation of men and in the subsequent successions, there were certain God-beloved and righteous men in greater number. Of these, one "hoped to call upon the name of the Lord God"; this indicates that no one except the one over all claimed the creator as both master and God of all.
πεπεῖσθαι γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐ μόνον ποιητικῇ δυνάμει εὖ καὶ ἐν κόσμῳ τὸ πᾶν διατεθεικέναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεσπότου δίκην, ὡς ἂν μεγάλης πόλεως, τοῦ σύμπαντος κυριεύειν οἰκονομεῖν τε καὶ οἰκοδεσποτεῖν ὁμοῦ καὶ κύριον ὄντα καὶ βασιλέα καὶ
θεόν. οὗ τὴν ὡς κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ ἔννοιάν τε καὶ προσηγορίαν πρῶτος ὁ δηλούμενος θεοφιλὴς ἐν νῷ βαλόμενος, ἀντὶ πάσης ὑπάρξεως καὶ προσηγορίας καὶ περιουσίας, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀντὶ παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ «ἤλπισεν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ,» τοῦτον ἑαυτῷ θη7.8.5 σαυρὸν ἀγαθῶν ψυχῆς τε ὁμοῦ καὶ σώματος πεπορισμένος. παρ' ὃ καὶ πρῶτος ἀληθὴς ἄνθρωπος χρηματίσαι παρ' Ἑβραίοις ἀναγέγραπται. κέκληται δ' οὖν Ἐνώς, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀληθὴς ἄνθρωπος, εὐθυβόλῳ προσωνυμίᾳ. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλον φασὶν ἀληθῆ προσήκειν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ ὀνομάζειν ἄνθρωπον ἢ τὸν θεοῦ γνώσεως καὶ εὐσεβείας ἐπήβολον, τὸν ἀληθῶς γνωστικὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ εὐσεβῆ· ὅτι δὴ τοὺς μὴ τοιούτους, θρεμμάτων δὲ κατ' οὐδὲν ἀλόγων διαφέροντας, οἷα ἐπὶ γαστέρα καὶ ἡδονὴν πρηνεῖς καταβεβλημένους, θῆρας μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώπους ἡ Ἑβραίων ἀποκαλεῖν διδάσκει γραφή, κυριο7.8.7 λεκτεῖν εἰθισμένη τὰς προσηγορίας. παρ' ὃ τοὺς τοιούσδε τοτὲ μὲν λύκους καὶ κύνας, τοτὲ δὲ σύας φορυτῷ χρωμένους καὶ χαίροντας, καὶ πάλιν ἑρπετὰ καὶ ὄφεις, τοῖς τῆς κακίας πολυτρόποις ἐμφερῶς εἴδεσι, προσαγορεύειν εἴωθεν.
For he was persuaded not only that the whole had been well and orderly arranged by a creative power, but also that, like a master of a great city, the one who rules, administers, and governs the entire universe is at once lord, king, and god. This one, the God-beloved indicated, first conceived the notion and appellation of him as lord and god, and in place of all existence, title, and possession—or rather, in place of every good—"hoped to invoke the name of the Lord God," having procured for himself this treasure of goods for both soul and body alike. For this reason he is recorded among the Hebrews as having first been called a true man. He is named Enos, which means "true man," by a fitting appellation. For they say that no other should be considered and called a true man than one who partakes of the knowledge of God and piety, the truly gnostic and pious alike; since those who are not such, differing in no way from irrational beasts, prostrate on their bellies for the sake of pleasure, the Hebrew scripture teaches to call beasts rather than men, being accustomed to use names with precise meaning. For this reason it is wont to address such persons sometimes as wolves and dogs, sometimes as swine wallowing and delighting in filth, and again as reptiles and snakes, corresponding to the manifold forms of vice.
εἰ δὲ καί ποτε τὸν κοινὸν καὶ πολὺν ἄνθρωπον καὶ τὸ γένος αὐτὸ χρεὼν διασημῆναι, πάλιν οἰκείᾳ καὶ προσφυεῖ χρωμένη προσηγορίᾳ τὸν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τῇ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἐπωνυμίᾳ σημαίνει, ὅτι δὴ τοῦτο τῷ προγόνῳ καὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων προπάτορι κύριον εἶναι καὶ προσφυὲς ὄνομα, τὸν γη7.8.9 γενῆ δηλοῦν κατὰ τὴν εἰς Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν μετάληψιν, ὑποφαίνει. ὅ γέ τοι Ἐνὼς πρῶτος θεοφιλῶν παρ' Ἑβραίοις ἱστόρηται, ἐπεὶ πρῶτος «ἤλπισεν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ,» τὸ κατὰ ψυχὴν παριστὰς λογικὸν ὄντως καὶ γνωστικὸν καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ θεῖον εὐσεβείας ἐπιστημονικόν· ὧν τὸ μὲν πρῶτον θεογνωσίας ἀληθοῦς, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον τῆς εἰς τὸν ἐπιγνω7.8.10 σθέντα θεὸν ἐλπίδος γένοιτ' ἂν ἀποδεικτικόν. τὸ γὰρ μὴ παραμελεῖν μηδ' ἐν δευτέρῳ τίθεσθαι τὰ τῆς θείας ἐπιγνώσεως, ἀεὶ δὲ καὶ διὰ παντὸς ἐλπίζειν «ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ,» τὸ μὲν ὡς οἰκετῶν δεσπότου, τὸ δ' ὡς ἵλεω καὶ ἀγαθοῦ πατρός, τοῦτ' ἂν εἴη τὸ πάντων τρισμακάριον τέλος. τοιόσδε μὲν οὖν ὁ παρ' Ἑβραίοις εἰσῆκται πρῶτος καὶ ἀληθὴς ἄνθρωπος, οὐχ ὁ γηγενὴς ἐπίκλην Ἀδὰμ δι' ἐντολῆς θεοῦ παράβασιν τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων ἀποπεσὼν λήξεως, ἀλλ' ὁ θεοφιλῶν πρώτιστος, ὃς «ἤλπισεν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ.» κρίναντες δὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ λογισμῷ σώφρονι τὸν τοιόνδε ζηλοῦν ἠγαπήσαμεν, καὶ ἀπεδεξάμεθα ὡς λυσιτελῆ καὶ ὠφελιμωτάτην ἡμῖν τὴν τοῦ λόγου διήγησιν, εὐχὴν θέμενοι κατ' ἴσα τῇ τοῦ δηλωθέντος εἰκόνι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τῶν ἁπάντων δημιουργοῦ τε καὶ δεσπότου μετὰ βεβαίας καὶ ἀγαθῆς ἐλπίδος ἐπικαλεῖσθαι.
But if ever it is necessary to indicate the common and many man and the race itself, again using a proper and fitting appellation it signifies the whole man by the name Adam, because this is the proper and fitting name for the ancestor and forefather of all men, indicating the earth-born according to the translation into the Greek language. For Enos is recorded among the Hebrews as the first God-loving man, since he first "hoped to call upon the name of the Lord God," representing the truly rational and knowing soul and the scientific understanding of piety concerning the divine; of which the first would be demonstrative of true knowledge of God, the second of hope in the God who has been recognized. For not to neglect nor to place in second place the matters of divine recognition, but always and through everything to hope "to call upon the name of the Lord God," the one as of servants towards a master, the other as towards a gracious and good father, this would be the thrice-blessed end of all. Such then is the first and true man introduced among the Hebrews, not the earth-born called Adam who fell from the better portion through transgression of a command of God, but the very first God-loving man, who "hoped to call upon the name of the Lord God." Having judged with prudent reason, we ourselves have loved to emulate such a man, and have accepted as beneficial and most useful to us the narrative of the word, making a prayer equally with the image of the one indicated to call upon the name of the creator and master of all with firm and good hope.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ μετὰ τὸν εἰρημένον ἄλλος «εὐηρέστησε τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ οὐχ ηὑρίσκετο», ὥς φησι Μωσῆς, «διότι μετέθηκεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς» δι' ἄκραν ἀρετῆς τελείωσιν. δυσεύρετος γὰρ ὅ γε σοφὸς ἀληθῶς. οὗτος δ' ἂν εἴη ὁ ἐν θεῷ τέλειος, ὁ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν διατριβῆς μετατεθειμένος. ὁ γὰρ μὴ τοιοῦτος ἀγορὰς καὶ δικαστήρια καπηλείας τε καὶ ἐμπορίας καὶ τὸν πολὺν ὄχλον μεταδιώκων, ὠθούμενός τε καὶ ὠθῶν, μέσος ἐν αὐτῷ κακίας βυθῷ καταπίνεται· ὁ δ' ὑπὸ θεοῦ ληφθεὶς καὶ τῶν τῇδε ἐκεῖσε μετατεθειμένος ἀφανὴς μὲν καὶ ἀνεύρετος ἀνθρώποις, θεῷ δὲ φίλος γεγονὼς ὑπὸ θεοῦ εὕρηται. τοῦτον Ἐνὼχ Ἑβραίοις ὀνομάζειν φίλον· χάριν δὲ θεοῦ σημαίνοι ἂν τοὔνομα. καὶ ταύτης τοιγαροῦν ὡς ἀγαθῆς εἰκόνος τὸν βίον ζη7.8.16 λοῦν μακάριον εἶναι ἡγησάμεθα. τρίτος μετὰ τούτους πάλιν ἄλλος «ἄνθρωπος δίκαιος» πεφηνὼς ὁ Νῶε «ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ αὐτοῦ» μεμαρτύρηται. τεκμήρια δὲ καὶ τῆς τούτου δικαιοσύνης εἴη ἂν τάδε· πολὺς αὐχμὸς καὶ γνόφος ἀλέκτου κακίας τὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων κατειλήφει γένος οἵ τε πάντων ἀνὰ στόμα θρυλούμενοι γίγαντες τὰς εἰς δεῦρο βοωμένας θεομαχίας ἀθέοις καὶ δυσσεβέσιν ἐγχειρήμασιν ἀπειργάζοντο· ἤδη δὲ καὶ οἱ τῆς τούτων γενέσεως
But after the one mentioned, another "pleased the Lord and was not found," as Moses says, "because God translated him" on account of extreme perfection of virtue. For the truly wise man is hard to find. This would be the one perfect in God, the one translated from the company of the many. For he who is not such, pursuing marketplaces and law courts, retail trade and commerce, and the great crowd, jostling and being jostled, is swallowed up in the midst of the abyss of vice; but he who is taken by God and translated from here to there is invisible and undiscoverable to men, but having become a friend to God, is found by God. This one Enoch names "friend" in Hebrew; and the name would signify "grace of God." And therefore, deeming the life of this good image blessed, we have thought it worthy of emulation. A third after these, another "righteous man" having appeared, Noah, is testified to "in his generation." And evidence of his righteousness would be these things: a great drought and darkness of unspeakable wickedness had seized the whole race of men, and the giants, celebrated in everyone's mouth, were accomplishing the god-fights, proclaimed to this day, with impious and unholy undertakings; and already those of their generation
αἴτιοι, εἴτε τινὸς κρείττονος μοίρας ἢ κατὰ θνητῶν φύσιν ὑπάρξαντες εἴθ' ὁπωσοῦν κατεσκευασμένοι, τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις περιέργου διδασκαλίας ἀπάρξαντες γοητείας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης κακοτρόπου μαγγανείας ἐπιτεχνήματα λέγονται παραδοῦναι τῷ βίῳ, ὥστε πᾶν τὸ ἀνθρώπειον γένος μιᾶς ὑπὸ ψῆφον γενέσθαι παρὰ θεῷ δίκης. καὶ δὴ πάντων ἑνὶ νεύματι διαφθείρεσθαι μελλόντων, μόνος εἷς οὗτος ὁ νῦν ἡμῖν δηλούμενος δίκαιος ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ αὐτοῦ σὺν καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις εὕρηται. πάντων δῆτα τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς κατακλυσμῷ διολλυμένων καὶ τῆς γῆς αὐτῆς ὑδάτων ἀθρόᾳ πλημμύρᾳ τῶν προτέρων κακῶν ἀποκαθαιρομένης ὁ θεοφιλὴς σὺν παισὶν ἅμα καὶ γυναιξὶ τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα βίῳ ζώπυρον σπέρμα παραδοξότατα πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τετήρηται. γένοιτο δ' ἂν καὶ οὗτος ἀρχέτυπος εἰκὼν ζῶσα καὶ ἔμψυχος τοῖς ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένοις ὑπόδειγμα τρόπου θεοφιλοῦς παρεσχημένος. Καὶ οἱ μὲν πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ τοιοίδε· οἱ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτον ἐπ' εὐσεβείᾳ διαπρεπεῖς ἄλλοι πάλιν, ὧν τὴν μνήμην τὰ ἱερὰ διασῴζει λόγια. τούτων τις ἱερεὺς ἀνείρηται τοῦ ὑψίστου θεοῦ, βασιλεὺς δίκαιος τῇ Ἑβραίων προση7.8.20 γορίᾳ χρηματίσας. τούτοις δὴ πᾶσιν οὐδὲ εἷς σώματος περιτομῆς λόγος ἦν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τῶν Μωσέως Ἰουδαϊκῶν παραγγελμάτων· διόπερ αὐτοὺς οὐδὲ Ἰουδαίους φάναι δίκαιον οὐδέ γε Ἕλληνας, ὅτι μηδὲ πλείους θεοὺς ὁμοίως Ἕλλησιν ἢ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν ἡγοῦντο. Ἑβραῖοι δ' ἂν κυριώτερον ἐπικληθεῖεν, ἤτοι παρὰ τὸν Ἕβερ ἢ καὶ μᾶλλον παρὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν τῆς προσηγορίας. περατικοὶ γάρ τινες ἑρμηνεύονται, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν τῇδε ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ διάβασίν τε καὶ θεωρίαν στειλάμενοι.
cause, whether they were of some better portion than the mortal nature or however constituted, having begun the superfluous teaching among men, are said to have handed down to life the contrivances of sorcery and other evil magic, so that the whole human race would be subject to one judgment from God. And indeed, when all were about to be destroyed by a single nod, only this one man now revealed to us was found righteous in his generation together with his household. When all on earth were perishing by flood and the earth itself was being cleansed of former evils by a sudden inundation of waters, the God-beloved, together with his children and wives, was most paradoxically preserved by God as a live spark for the subsequent life. And this man would be an archetypal living and animate image, providing an example of a God-beloved way of life to those born from him. Such were those before the flood; after it, others again were distinguished in piety, whose memory the sacred oracles preserve. One of these is called a priest of the highest God, a righteous king, named by the Hebrew appellation. To all these there was no account of bodily circumcision, nor of the Mosaic Jewish commandments; therefore it is not right to call them Jews, nor yet Greeks, because they did not believe in many gods like the Greeks or the other nations. They would more properly be called Hebrews, either from Heber or rather from the interpretation of the name. For they are interpreted as "those who cross over," having set out from here to the crossing and contemplation of the God of all.
φυσικοῖς γάρ τοι λογισμοῖς καὶ νόμοις ἀγράφοις τὴν ὀρθὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς διευθύναντες πορείαν καὶ πέραν τῶν σαρκὸς ἡδονῶν ἐπὶ τὸν πάνσοφον καὶ θεοσεβῆ βίον διαβεβηκότες ἀναγράφονται. ἐν δὴ τούτοις ἡμῖν ἅπασι καὶ ὁ βοώμενος τοῦ παντὸς ἔθνους γενάρχης Ἁβραὰμ κατηριθμήσθω, ᾧ μαρτυρεῖ τὰ λόγια δικαιοσύνην, οὐ τὴν ἐκ νόμου πάλιν Μωσέως, ὅτι μηδὲ ἦν πω τότε μετὰ γοῦν τὸν Ἁβραὰμ ἑβδόμῃ γενεᾷ Μωσῆς ἀναπέφηνε, πλὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐσεβής, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, ἀνείρηται, τοῖς ἄνωθεν δεδηλωμένοις παραπλησίως. λέγει δ' οὖν ἡ γραφή· «Καὶ ἐπίστευσεν Ἁβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην.» «πατέρα» δὴ «πολλῶν ἐθνῶν» ὁ θεῖος χρησμὸς τοῦτον ἔσεσθαι προαγορεύει διαρρήδην τε εὐλογηθήσεσθαι «ἐν αὐτῷ» φησι «πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς καὶ πάσας τὰς φυλάς,» ἄντικρυς τὰ νῦν καθ' ἡμᾶς συντε7.8.24 λούμενα θεσπίζων. ἀλλ' ὅ γε Ἁβραὰμ ἐκεῖνος μετὰ τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ τελείωσιν οὐ διὰ τοῦ Μωσέως νόμου, διὰ δὲ πίστεως κατωρθωμένην αὐτῷ μετά τε τὰς ἀναγράπτους θεοφανείας ἐπ' αὐτῷ γήρᾳ μέλλων γνησίου παιδὸς χρηματίζειν πατὴρ πρῶτος ἁπάντων κατὰ χρησμὸν τὸ σῶμα περιτέμνεται, τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς ἐξ αὐτοῦ γινομένοις ἐπιτελεῖν παραδούς, εἴτε εἰς ἐμφανῆ σημείωσιν τῆς τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ παίδων πολυπληθείας εἴτε καὶ ὡς ἔχοιεν οἱ παῖδες πάτριον γνώρισμα, ἤτοι βιοῦντες κατὰ τὸν τῶν προγόνων ζῆλον ἢ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀρετῆς ἀπολειπόμενοι, εἴτε καθ' ἑτέρας οἱασδηποτοῦν αἰτίας, ἃς οὐ νῦν σχολὴ πολυπραγμονεῖν. τοιόσδε μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτος ἡμεῖς τε καὶ τοῦτον μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπομιμεῖσθαι καὶ ζηλοῦν εὐχόμεθα.
For by natural reasoning and unwritten laws they directed the right path of virtue, and are recorded as having advanced beyond the pleasures of the flesh to a life of perfect wisdom and piety. Among all these, let the much-proclaimed founder of the whole nation, Abraham, be numbered, to whom the scriptures bear witness for righteousness—not that from the law of Moses again, since Moses did not yet exist, for Moses appeared in the seventh generation after Abraham; but this man is declared righteous and pious, if anyone is, in a manner similar to those previously mentioned. So the scripture says: "And Abraham believed in God, and it was counted to him as righteousness." The divine oracle proclaims that he will be "father of many nations," and expressly that "in him" it says "all the nations of the earth and all the tribes will be blessed," directly prophesying what is now being fulfilled in our time. But that Abraham, after his perfection in righteousness—not through the law of Moses, but through faith accomplished by him—and after the recorded theophanies, when in his old age he was about to become the father of a legitimate son, was the first of all, according to an oracle, to circumcise his body, and handed this down to be performed by those born from him, whether as a visible sign of the multitude of his children, or so that his children might have a hereditary mark, either living according to the zeal of their ancestors or falling short of their virtue, or for any other reasons whatsoever, which it is not now the time to investigate. Such then is this man, and we pray to imitate and emulate him along with the others.
μετὰ δὲ τὸν Ἁβραὰμ Ἰσαὰκ τῆς πατρῴας ὁμοῦ θεογνωσίας τε καὶ θεοφιλείας διάδοχος ἀναδείκνυται, κλήρων ἁπάντων τοῦτον κάλλιστόν τε καὶ τρισμακάριον τοῦ πατρὸς διαδεδεγμένος. μιᾷ τοῦτον γαμετῇ τὰ θεῖά φησι λόγια συνελθόντα μιᾷ χρήσασθαι παιδοποιίᾳ· καθ' ἣν διδύμου γονῆς ἀποδειχθεὶς πατὴρ εἰς τοῦτο περιγράψαι τὴν πρὸς τὴν γαμετὴν ὁμιλίαν ὑπερβολῇ σωφροσύνης λέγεται. ἐνταῦθά σοι καὶ Ἰακώβ, ὁ καὶ Ἰσραήλ, εἰσήχθω, διώνυμός τις γεγονὼς ἀνὴρ παρὰ τὴν τῶν οἰκείων ἀρετῶν διαλλάττουσαν προκοπήν. ὅτε μὲν οὖν ἐγγυμναζόμενος τοῖς πρακτικοῖς ἤθεσί τε καὶ
βίοις τῶν ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας πόνων ἀπεπειρᾶτο, Ἰακὼβ αὐτῷ ὄνομα ἦν, ἀσκητὴν δὲ καὶ ἀθλητὴν ἡ προσηγορία δηλοῖ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μεταληφθεῖσα φωνήν· ὅτε δὲ λοιπὸν τὰ νικητήρια κατὰ τῶν ἀντιπάλων ἀπολαβὼν στέφεται ἤδη τε τῶν κατὰ θεωρίαν ἀγαθῶν ἀπολαύει, τηνικαῦτα αὐτῷ καὶ τοὔνομα μεταβάλλει ὁ χρηματίζων θεός, ὁμοῦ καὶ θεοπτίας αὐτὸν ἀξιῶν καὶ τῶν θειοτέρων γερῶν τε καὶ τιμῶν τὰς ἀμοιβὰς διὰ τῆς προσηγορίας δωρούμενος. λέγει δ' οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ χρησμός· «Οὐκέτι κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἰακώβ, ἀλλ' Ἰσραὴλ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι ἐνίσχυσας μετὰ θεοῦ καὶ μετὰ ἀνθρώπων δυνατός,» τὸν ὁρατικὸν ἄνδρα καὶ θεωρητικὸν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ὑποφαίνοντος· ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὔνομα μεταβληθὲν σημαίνει ἄνθρωπον ὁρῶντα θεόν. τοιόσδε μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτος ἐξ οὗ τὸ δωδεκάφυλον τοῦ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους ὑπέστη γένος. μυρία δ' ἂν λεχθείη περὶ τοῦ βίου τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ τῆς φιλοσόφου καρτερίας τε αὐτῶν καὶ ἀσκήσεως, τὰ μὲν πρὸς λέξιν θεωρούμενα, τὰ δὲ καὶ δι' ὑπονοιῶν ἀλληγορούμενα·
After Abraham, Isaac is shown as the successor of both his father's knowledge of God and his love for God, having inherited from his father this most excellent and thrice-blessed of all inheritances. The divine oracles say that he consorted with one wife and engaged in a single procreation; and having been shown to be the father of twin offspring, he is said to have confined his intercourse with his wife to this, by an excess of temperance. Let Jacob, also called Israel, be introduced to you here, a man who bore two names corresponding to the differing progress of his own virtues. Now when he was training himself in practical habits and lives and was attempting the labors of piety, his name was Jacob, and the name, when translated into the Greek language, signifies an ascetic and an athlete; but when, having received the prizes of victory over his adversaries, he is crowned and already enjoys the goods of contemplation, then the God who gives oracles changes his name for him, at the same time deeming him worthy of the vision of God and bestowing upon him through the name the rewards of more divine honors and privileges. For the oracle says to him: "Your name shall no longer be called Jacob, but Israel shall be your name, because you have prevailed with God and are powerful with men," indicating the man of vision and contemplation, since the changed name signifies a man who sees God. Such then is this man, from whom the twelve-tribe race of the Jewish nation originated. Countless things could be said about the life of these men and their philosophical endurance and asceticism, some understood literally, others allegorically through underlying meanings.
περὶ ὧν εἴρηται μὲν καὶ ἄλλοις, ἀτὰρ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐν οἷς ἐπραγματευσάμεθα «Περὶ τῆς τῶν παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν πολυπαιδίας.» τοιοίδε μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτοι. Ἔχω σοι παρ' αὐτοὺς καὶ ἄλλον εἰπεῖν, Ἰὼβ ὄνομα τῷ ἀνδρί, ὃν τὰ ἱερὰ γεγονέναι μαρτυρεῖ λόγια «ἄνθρωπον ἄμεμπτον, ἀληθινόν, δίκαιον, θεοσεβῆ, ἀπεχόμενον ἀπὸ παντὸς πονηροῦ πράγματος.» οὗτός γέ τοι οὐδὲν προσήκων τῷ Ἰουδαίων γένει ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τῆς εὐσεβείας κατορθώμασι μεμαρτύρηται. οἵ γε μὴν τοῦ Ἰακὼβ παῖδες τὴν πάτριον θεογνωσίαν τε καὶ εὐσέβειαν διὰ σπουδῆς πεποιημένοι τὴν τῶν ἀνέκαθεν Ἑβραίων φήμην ἐπὶ μέγα δόξης προῆγον, ὥστε ἤδη καὶ πάσης Αἰγύπτου τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀνάψασθαι. ὁ γάρ τοι Ἰωσὴφ τοῖς σωφροσύνης προαναστεφθεὶς βραβείοις κἄπειτα τὴν Αἰγυπτίων ἀναδησάμενος ἡγεμονίαν, τὸν θεοφιλῆ τῶν Ἑβραίων διέδειξε τρόπον, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸν ζηλοῦν δι' εὐχῆς πεποιήμεθα, δοῦλον γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξ οἰκείων ἐπιβουλῆς γεγενημένον καὶ δοῦλον Αἰγυπτίου ἀνδρός. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα ὅσα εἰς ὡραιότητα καὶ ῥώμην σώματος αὐτῷ καὶ εὐμορφίαν ηὐτύχητο παρήσειν μοι δοκῶ, εἰ καὶ τὰ λόγια κάλλους αὐτὸν ὥρᾳ διενεγκεῖν πάντας ἀναγράφει· τὰ δὲ περὶ ψυχῆς πῶς ἄν τις διαγράψειε, κατ' ἀξίαν τῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετῆς τὸν ἔπαινον διελθεῖν προῃρη7.8.34 μένος; φύσει μὲν αὐτῷ παρεῖναι λόγος τὸ ἐλευθέριον γνώρισμα τοῦ τε τρόπου τὸ εὐγενὲς ἐπανθοῦν τῷ προσώπῳ·
Concerning these things it has been spoken by others, and also by us in the works we have composed "On the Many Children of the Ancient Men." Such then are these men. I have for you, besides them, another to mention, a man named Job, whom the sacred oracles testify to have been "a blameless, truthful, righteous, god-fearing man, abstaining from every evil deed." This man, indeed, though in no way belonging to the race of the Jews, is attested in all the achievements of piety. The sons of Jacob, moreover, having made the ancestral knowledge of God and piety their earnest concern, advanced the reputation of the ancient Hebrews to great glory, so that they even assumed rule over all Egypt. For Joseph, having first been crowned with the prizes of temperance and then having taken up the leadership of the Egyptians, displayed the god-beloved way of the Hebrews, which we ourselves have made it our prayer to emulate, for he became a slave through the conspiracy of his own people and a slave of an Egyptian man. As for the other things, such as the comeliness, strength of body, and beauty that were his good fortune, I think I shall pass them by, even if the oracles record that he surpassed all in the bloom of beauty; but as for the matters of the soul, how could one describe them, having chosen to set forth the praise of the man's virtue in a manner worthy of it? By nature, it is said, the mark of his free spirit was present in him, and the nobility of his character blossomed upon his countenance.
τοῖς δὲ εὐσεβείας διαπρέπουσι κόσμοις διαφερόντως ἐξήσκητο, ὡς ἐν σωφροσύνῃ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ φρονήσει τε καὶ ἀνδρείᾳ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκλάμπειν καὶ πολὺ πρότερον ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ εὐσεβείᾳ τοῦ τῶν ἁπάντων θεοῦ, ἣν οἱ γεννήσαντες ἐκ σπαργάνων λέγονται αὐτοῦ τῇ ψυχῇ καταβεβληκέναι. ἐπιμανείσῃ δ' οὖν αὐτῷ τῇ τοῦ δεσπότου γαμετῇ εἰς ἀκολάστους τε καὶ ἐρωτικὰς ὁμιλίας ἅτε νέον τὸ σῶμα κατασύρειν πειρωμένῃ καὶ πρῶτα μὲν λόγοις ἀπατᾶν αὐτὸν ἐπιχειρούσῃ, εἶτα δὲ ἱκεσίαις ἀντιβολούσῃ καὶ τέλος βιαιότερον χεῖρας ἐπάγειν τολμώσῃ ἀναιδέσι τε ἤδη καὶ ἀναισχύντοις περιπλοκαῖς χρωμένῃ τῆς τῶν πατέρων εὐσεβοῦς διδασκαλίας ὁ ἥρως τὴν μνήμην ἀναπεμπασάμενος καὶ τὸν θεοσεβῆ καὶ ἀληθῶς Ἑβραῖον ἔργοις ὁμοῦ καὶ λόγοις ἀποδείξας τὸ μὲν αἰσχρὸν καὶ ἀκόλαστον γύναιον διασείεται, κραταιοτέρᾳ τῇ χειρὶ παραλλάξας, ὥσπερ δέ τινος δεινοῦ καὶ λελυττηκότος θηρὸς ἀποδρὰς φυγῇ τὴν σωτηρίαν πορίζεται. κἄπειτα αὐτὸς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν σώφρονι λογισμῷ τοιάδε ἐπιλογίζεται καί φησιν· «Εἰ ὁ κύριός μου δι' ἐμὲ οὐδὲν γινώσκει ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐστὶν αὐτῷ δέδωκεν εἰς τὰς χεῖράς μου, καὶ πῶς ποιήσω τὸ πονηρὸν ῥῆμα τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ ἁμαρτήσομαι ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ;» ἐφ' οἷς οἷα νικηφόρον τοῖς ἀρετῆς βραβείοις ἀναστέψας αὐτὸν ὁ τῶν ὅλων θεὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν δεσποτῶν αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλείαν τε καὶ ἡγεμονίαν παραδίδωσι· πλὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ οὗτος Ἑβραῖος ἐξ
Among those who excelled in piety he was especially trained, so that his soul shone in temperance, justice, prudence, and courage, and far earlier in the knowledge and piety of the God of all, which his parents are said to have implanted in his soul from infancy. But when the wife of his master, maddened with passion, tried to drag his young body into licentious and amorous encounters, first attempting to deceive him with words, then beseeching him with entreaties, and finally daring to lay hands on him more violently and using shameless and brazen embraces, the hero, recalling the memory of his parents’ pious teaching and showing himself both in deeds and words to be a god-fearing and true Hebrew, shook off the shameful and licentious woman, thrusting her aside with a stronger hand, and, as if escaping from some terrible and rabid beast, secured his safety by flight. Then, with sober reasoning, he reflected within himself and said: “If my master knows nothing through me in his own house and has placed all that is his into my hands, how can I commit this great evil deed and sin before God?” After this, as if crowning him with the prizes of virtue, the God of all granted him kingship and rule over his masters and over Egypt itself. But this man too was a Hebrew from
Ἑβραίων, οὐχὶ δὲ Ἰουδαῖος, ὅτι μηδὲ ἦν πω τὰ Ἰουδαίων, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα θεοφιλέσι καὶ τρισμακαρίοις ἀνείληπται. Μετὰ δὲ τοὺς εἰρημένους Ἑβραίους, ἐπειδὴ εἰς πολυανθρωπίαν ἐπεδίδου τὸ τῶν ἀπογόνων γένος ἤδη τε καὶ τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔθνος συνειστήκει ἐπλεόναζόν τε ὁσημέραι καὶ ἐπλήθυνον, τὰ μὲν τῆς εὐσεβοῦς ἀγωγῆς τῶν πρόπαλαι θεοφιλῶν προπατόρων κατὰ σμικρὸν αὐτοῖς ἐξησθένει καὶ ἀπημβλύνετο, τὰ δὲ τῆς παρ' Αἰγυπτίοις διατριβῆς τοσοῦτον τῆς τῶν δηλουμένων κατίσχυε πληθύος ὡς τῆς μὲν πατρίου ἀρετῆς εἰς λήθην ἐλθεῖν, τῇ δὲ παρ' Αἰγυπτίοις ὁμοιοτροπίᾳ τοὺς βίους περιενεχθῆναι, ὡς κατὰ μηδὲν Αἰγυπτίων τὸν τρόπον διαφέρειν δοκεῖν. ἐνταῦθα δῆτα αὐτοῖς τοιοῖσδε ἀποτελεσθεῖσιν ὁ τῶν προπατόρων θεὸς ἡγεμόνα καὶ νομοθέτην ἐκπέμπει Μωσέα, τὰς διὰ χρησμῶν τῶν πρὸς τοὺς προγόνους αὐτῶν πιστούμενος ἐπαγγελίας· κἄπειτα διὰ Μωσέως τὰ ἀνάγραπτα θαύματα καὶ τὰς παραδόξους θεοσημείας ἐπιτελέσας τὸν ἁρμόδιον τοῖς τῶν ἀκροωμένων ἤθεσι προβάλ7.8.39 λεται νόμον· οὐχ οἵοις τε γοῦν οὖσι δι' ἀβελτερίαν τρόπου τὴν πάτριον ζηλοῦν ἀρετήν, οἷα δὴ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐμπαθέσι καὶ νενοσηλευμένοις τὴν κατάλληλον παρεδίδου πολιτείαν, τὰ μὲν προφανῶς ἐκ τοῦ προδήλου διαταττόμενος, τὰ δὲ δι' ὑπονοιῶν αἰνιττόμενος σύμβολά τε καὶ σκιάς, ἀλλ' οὐ γυμνὴν ἀλή7.8.40 θειαν φυλάττειν αὐτοῖς καὶ περιέπειν ὑποθέμενος.
of the Hebrews, not a Jew, since the Jewish nation did not yet exist, is counted among the most god-beloved and thrice-blessed. After the aforementioned Hebrews, when the race of their descendants had already increased to a multitude and the nation of the Jews had been constituted from them, and they were daily becoming more numerous and multiplying, the pious training of the ancient god-beloved forefathers gradually weakened and became dulled among them, while the influence of their sojourn among the Egyptians so prevailed over the multitude in question that they fell into forgetfulness of their ancestral virtue and were turned aside to the Egyptian way of life, so that they seemed to differ in no respect from the Egyptians in their manner. When they had thus become such, the God of their forefathers sends them a leader and lawgiver, Moses, confirming through oracles the promises made to their ancestors; and then through Moses, after accomplishing the recorded wonders and extraordinary divine signs, he sets forth a law suited to the characters of his hearers—not, indeed, to those who through stupidity of character were zealous for ancestral virtue, but to those whose souls were passionate and diseased, he delivered a polity appropriate to them, prescribing some things openly from the obvious, and hinting at others through hidden meanings, symbols, and shadows, but not enjoining them to preserve and observe naked truth.
καὶ δὴ τὸ Ἰουδαίων πολίτευμα ἐντεῦθέν ποθεν ἀπὸ Μωσέως ἀρξάμενον μέχρι καὶ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας ταῖς τῶν οἰκείων προφητῶν ἀκολούθως φωναῖς διαρκεῖ, ὅτι δὴ καὶ τοῦτο Μωσέως ἦν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν μετέπειτα προφητῶν θέσπισμα, μὴ πρότερον ἐκλιπεῖν τὰ Μωσέως νόμιμά τε καὶ διατάγματα ἢ τὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ φανῆναι, τὰ τῆς καινῆς δηλαδὴ διαθήκης τῆς διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι κατηγγελμένης· ἃ καὶ ὧδε τέλους ἔτυχεν, ᾗ καὶ ἀναπεφώνηται. Ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ τὸν τῶν πρὸ Μωσέως Ἑβραίων βίον ἐν ὀλίγῳ διεληλύθαμεν καὶ τόν γε τῆς κατ' αὐτοὺς εὐσεβείας χαρακτῆρα παρεστήσαμεν, ὥρα καὶ τὸν δογματικὸν αὐτῶν τρόπον ἀπό τε τῆς Μωσέως γραφῆς καὶ τῶν μετ' αὐτὸν προφητῶν ἐπισκέψασθαι.
ιʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΠΑΡ' ΕΒΡΑΙΟΙΣ ΔΟΓΜΑΤΙΚΩΝ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑΤΩΝ Πρῶτος δ' οὖν ἁπάντων αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ θαυμάσιος θεολόγος τε καὶ νομοθέτης πολιτείαν εὐσεβείᾳ προσήκουσαν διὰ τῆς οἰκείας γραφῆς τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει προκαταβαλλόμενος, οὐ τοῖς κοινοῖς καὶ πεπατημένοις ᾠήθη δεῖν χρήσασθαι προοιμίοις τῶν λόγων, προλαβὼν δὲ πάντα νόμον προστακτικὸν τῶν ποιητέων καὶ τῶν οὐ ποιητέων ἀπαγορευτικὸν τάς τε δημοτελεῖς καὶ πολιτικὰς περὶ τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους συμβολαίων διατάξεις, ἀπὸ τῆς πατρίου θεολογίας δεῖν ᾤετο τὴν καταρχὴν ποιήσασθαι τῆς διδασκαλίας, οὐδ' ἑτέραν μάθησιν οἰκείαν νόμοις εὐσεβείᾳ προσήκουσιν ἡγησά7.9.2 μενος ἢ τὴν ἄνωθεν ἐκ προπατόρων εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκουσαν θεολογίαν.
And indeed the polity of the Jews, beginning from Moses at some point and continuing until the advent of our savior Jesus Christ, endures in accordance with the voices of their own prophets, because this too was an oracle of Moses himself and of the subsequent prophets, that the laws and ordinances of Moses would not cease before the appearance of Christ, that is, the things of the new covenant proclaimed through our savior to all nations; and this has here reached its fulfillment, as has been proclaimed. But since we have briefly gone through the life of the Hebrews before Moses and have set forth the character of their piety, it is time to examine their doctrinal manner from the writing of Moses and the prophets after him.
10. ON THE DOGMATIC THEOREMS AMONG THE HEBREWS. First of all, then, that marvelous theologian and lawgiver himself, laying down for the Jewish nation a polity befitting piety through his own writing, did not think it necessary to use the common and well-worn preludes of discourse, but, anticipating every prescriptive law of what must be done and prohibitive of what must not be done, and the public and political ordinances concerning contracts with one another, he thought it necessary to make the beginning of his teaching from the ancestral theology, considering no other learning suitable for laws pertaining to piety than the theology that came to him from above, from his forefathers.
ἄρχεται τοιγαροῦν ἀπὸ θεοῦ κατὰ τὰ πάτρια τῆς τῶν προγόνων Ἑβραίων θεολογίας, οὐχ ᾗπερ Αἰγυπτίοις φίλον ἦν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ Φοίνιξιν ἢ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσι παραπλησίως εἰς πλῆθος καταβάλλουσι τὴν σεβάσμιον προσηγορίαν θεούς τε ὁρωμένους μὲν τοὺς κατ' οὐρανὸν φωστῆρας νομίζουσιν, ἀφανεῖς δὲ καὶ ἀοράτους ἤτοι τοὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων κατοιχομένους ἢ καὶ τοὺς χθο7.9.3 νίους καὶ δαίμονας ἀερίους κατὰ τὰ πρόσθεν ἡμῖν ἀπεληλεγμένα. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου ὁρατῶν τε καὶ ἀοράτων δημιουργοῦ τὴν καταρχὴν τοῦ παντὸς λόγου πεποιημένος νομοθέτην τοῦτον εἶναι διδάσκει τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συστάσεως, ὥσπερ μιᾶς τινος μεγαλοπόλεως τοῦ κόσμου βασιλέα καταστήσας. παιδεύει
τοιγαροῦν ἀρχόμενος τοῦτον ἡγεῖσθαι μὴ μόνον τῶν πρὸς αὐτοῦ σμικρὸν ὕστερον διαταχθησομένων ἀνθρώποις νόμων αὐθέντην εἶναι καὶ κύριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει τῶν ὅλων.
ιαʹ. ιβʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΚΑΘΟΛΟΥ ΠΡΟΝΟΙΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΣΥΣΤΑΣΕΩΣ ΚΑΙ ΔΗΜΙΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ ΤΟΥ ΚΟΣΜΟΥ Βασιλέα γὰρ μόνον αὐτὸν καὶ νομοθέτην τῆς τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου διατάξεως ἐφεστάναι· νεύματι μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ καὶ δυνάμει τὴν τῶν ἁπάντων οὐσίωσιν γεγονέναι, νόμοις δὲ καὶ ὅροις πάλιν αὐτοῦ ὁδῷ καὶ τάξει τὸν σύμπαντα διακυβερνᾶσθαι αἰῶνα. λόγῳ μὲν γὰρ καὶ νόμῳ θεοῦ πρῶτον ἁπάντων οὐρανὸν ἐστερεῶσθαι καὶ γῆς τὸ βαρὺ καὶ στερέμνιον παρὰ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν τοῖς λεπτομερεστέροις τῶν στοιχείων θαυμασίως ἐπαιωρεῖσθαι·
It begins, therefore, from God according to the ancestral theology of the Hebrew forefathers, not as was customary for the Egyptians, nor similarly for the Phoenicians or the other nations who cast the venerable appellation into a multitude, considering as visible gods the luminaries in the heavens, and as invisible and unseen gods either the departed from among men or the chthonic and aerial daemons, as has been refuted by us earlier. But rather, having made the beginning of the entire account from the cause of all visible and invisible things, the creator, it teaches that this one is the lawgiver of the constitution of the whole, having established him as king of the cosmos, as of some single great city. It instructs, therefore, beginning from this, that he rules not only as the author and lord of the laws that will shortly thereafter be ordained for men by him, but also of those in the nature of the whole.
11. 12. ON UNIVERSAL PROVIDENCE AND ON THE CONSTITUTION AND CREATION OF THE COSMOS. For it teaches that he alone is king and lawgiver set over the ordering of the entire cosmos; for by his nod and power the substantial existence of all things has come to be, and by his laws and ordinances again the whole age is steered in path and order. For by the word and law of God, first of all, the heaven was made firm, and the heavy and solid mass of earth is wondrously suspended contrary to its own nature among the more subtle elements.
λόγῳ δὲ καὶ νόμῳ θείῳ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας τὸν ἀμοιβαῖον ἀνακυκλεῖσθαι δρόμον, λόγῳ δὲ θεοῦ καὶ νόμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὴν τῶν λοιπῶν ἀστέρων χορείαν ἐν πρέποντι κόσμῳ τὴν προσήκουσαν ἐξανύειν πορείαν, νόμῳ δὲ τοῦ παμβασιλέως τροπῶν ἀλλαγὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς καιρῶν ἐνιαυτοῦ τε κύκλους καὶ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας τῇ παναρμονίῳ τοῦ παντὸς ἀποπληροῦσθαι συμφωνίᾳ, νόμῳ θεοῦ χειμῶνα μὲν ὑποχωρεῖν ἔαρι, τοῦτο δὲ ταῖς ἄγχιστα τῶν ὡρῶν τροπαῖς, καὶ θαλάττης δὲ βυθοὺς ταῖς χειμαδίοις πλημμυρίσιν ἐπικυματίζοντας νόμῳ θείῳ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἐναποκεκλεῖσθαι πελάγεσιν, ὡς μηδὲ τοὺς ὅρους τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων ὑπερβαίνειν τολμᾶν, καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν οὐσίαν ὀμβρίοις νάμασι καὶ νιφετοῖς νόμῳ θείῳ πάλιν συμμέτρως ἐπιχορηγουμένοις ἀρδομένην μυρία γένη φυτῶν τε καὶ ζῴων ἀνα7.10.3 διδόναι· ἑνί τε λόγῳ, τὴν παμμήτορα τῶν ὅλων φύσιν, προστάγματι θεοῦ δεδουλωμένην, νόμοις θείοις ὑπείκειν καὶ τῇ τοῦ πανηγεμόνος θεοῦ βουλῇ· μὴ γὰρ εἰκῆ μηδ' ὡς ἔτυχε μηδ' αὐτομάτῳ καὶ ἀλόγῳ φορᾷ συνεστάναι τὸν τηλικοῦτον διάκοσμον μηδ' ἀναιτίου φύσεως ἔργον τυγχάνειν τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ περικαλλὲς τεχνούργημα, ἀλλ' εἶναι μὲν ποίημα τοῦ πανσόφου τῶν ὅλων ἀρχιτέκτονος, τοῦ δὲ αὐτοῦ λόγοις καὶ νόμοις ἱεροῖς διακυβερ7.10.4 νᾶσθαι.
by divine word and law the alternating course of night and day revolves, and by the word and law of God the sun itself, the moon, and the dance of the remaining stars complete their proper journey in seemly order; by the law of the universal king the changes of the solstices, the alterations of the seasons, the cycles of the year, and the annual seasons are fulfilled in the all-harmonious symphony of the whole; by the law of God winter yields to spring, and this to the nearest turnings of the seasons; and the depths of the sea, swelling with winter floods, are confined by divine law within their own seas, so that they dare not overstep the boundaries of the sacred laws; and the dry substance, watered by rain showers and snowfalls again supplied in due measure by divine law, brings forth countless kinds of plants and animals. In a word, the all-mother nature of the universe, enslaved by the command of God, yields to divine laws and to the will of the all-ruling God; for such a great cosmos has not been constituted in vain, nor by chance, nor by an automatic and irrational motion, nor is this great and beautiful work of art the product of an uncaused nature, but it is a creation of the all-wise architect of the universe, and is governed by his words and sacred laws.
ἔνθεν ἀρξάμενος ὁ προφήτης καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀνθρώπων νομοθεσίας τοὺς περὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων φύσεως προτάξας νόμους, πρώτιστα πάντων προσέχειν τῷ παμβασιλεῖ θεῷ καὶ μὴ ἀπορρᾳθυμεῖν αὐτοῦ τῶν νόμων παρεκελεύσατο, ὅτι δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἥλιος οὐρανός τε καὶ κόσμος γῆ τε καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ἅπαντα ὅσα τε ἔργα φύσεως εἶναι νενόμισται ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ διατάξεσιν ἱεροῖς τε νόμοις καὶ λόγοις δουλεύει. διὸ καὶ μᾶλλον χρῆναι τὸ ἀνθρώπειον γένος, οὐ σμικρὸν μέρος τυγχάνον τοῦ παντός, κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον τοῖς θείοις προσανέχειν διατάγμασι μηδ' ἐλαττοῦσθαι τῶν κατὰ μέρος στοιχείων. γῇ μὲν γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ νομοθετῆσαι τὸν φήσαντα· «Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον ποιοῦν καρπόν·» τὴν δέ, ἅμα λόγῳ τὸ εὐπειθὲς ἐπιδεδειγμένην τῷ νόμῳ, οὔπω καὶ εἰς δεῦρο τῆς θείας παραμελῆσαι διατάξεως. οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὴν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν φήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ· «ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν καὶ πετεινὰ πετόμενα κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ» ἅμα λόγῳ τὸ ἔργον ἀπο7.10.7 δοῦναι ὁρᾶσθαί τε εἰσέτι δεῦρο τῷ νόμῳ παρέχουσαν τὸ πειθήνιον. εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ἀστέρες, τοῦ θείου νόμου καὶ αὐτοῖς διωρισμένου τοὺς οἰκείους ἀποδιδόναι δρόμους εἶναί τε «εἰς σημεῖα καὶ εἰς καιροὺς καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας καὶ εἰς ἐνιαυτούς,» οὐ παραμελοῦσι τῆς νομοθεσίας, τίς ἂν ἔτι σοι λείποιτο συγγνώμης ἀποφυγὴ τῶν θείων κατολιγωροῦντι νόμων; Ταῦτα προπαιδεύσας ὁ θαυμάσιος
Thus beginning, the prophet, even before human legislation, set forth laws concerning the nature of the whole, and first of all commanded that one attend to the all-king God and not be negligent of his laws, because indeed the sun itself, the heaven, the cosmos, the earth, and all things on earth, and all that are considered works of nature, serve his commands, ordinances, sacred laws, and words. Therefore, the human race, being no small part of the whole, ought in consequence to attend to the divine ordinances and not fall short of the individual elements. For the earth, at the beginning, he legislated, saying: "Let the earth bring forth grass of the field, sow seed according to kind, and fruit-bearing tree produce fruit;" and it, having shown obedience to the law at the word, has not to this day neglected the divine ordinance. Likewise, concerning the liquid substance, when God said: "Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls and birds flying in the firmament of the heaven," it is seen that at the word the work was accomplished, and even now it offers obedience to the law. If then the sun, moon, and stars, for whom the divine law has ordained that they complete their proper courses and be "for signs, for seasons, for days, and for years," do not neglect the legislation, what excuse for escape would still remain for you who slight the divine laws? Having taught these things beforehand, the wonderful
ἡμᾶς τε εἷλε καὶ τῆς οἰκείας θεογνωσίας τε καὶ εὐσεβείας εἰκότως ζηλωτὰς κατεστήσατο, ὅτι μηδὲν τούτοις ὅμοιον παρὰ τοῖς τῶν προδηλωθέντων ἐθνῶν θεολόγοις εὑρεῖν δεδυνή7.10.9 μεθα. μετὰ δὲ τὴν πρώτην θεολογίαν μέτεισιν ἐπὶ τὸ δεύτερον δόγμα φυσικὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλόσοφον. μετὰ γοῦν τὴν περὶ θεοῦ γνῶσιν τήν τε περὶ τῶν ὅλων διακόσμησιν τάξει πρόεισιν ἐπὶ τὸ καὶ τῇ φύσει δεύτερον· τοῦτο δ' ἦν τὸ περὶ φύσεως ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι δὴ μετὰ θεοῦ γνῶσιν ἀναγκαῖον γνῶναί τινα ἑαυτόν· διόπερ ἑξῆς παιδεύει τί ἄνθρωπος καὶ τί τὸ προάγον αὐτὸν εἰς γνῶσιν καὶ εὐσέβειαν θεοῦ τίς τε ἡ κατὰ τὸ προηγούμενον ἀνθρώπου ζωή. διελόμενος δῆτα τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος λόγον ἐν ψυχῇ μὲν ὁρίζεται τὸν ἀληθῆ ἄνθρωπον, νοερᾶς οὐσίας καὶ ἀσωμάτου καὶ λογικῆς μέτοχον ὡς ἂν κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ δεδημιουργημένον· σῶμα δὲ γεῶδες εἶναι περίβλημα ψυχῆς· τρίτον δὲ τούτοις προστίθησι πνοὴν ζωῆς, ἑνωτικήν τινα καὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ γῆς ληφθέντος τῷ κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ πεποιημένῳ συναπτικὴν δύναμιν. καὶ τὴν πρώτην γε τοῦ δηλουμένου ἀνδρὸς διατριβὴν ἐν τρισμακαρίῳ θεοῦ παραδείσῳ, ἀθανάτων καὶ αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν ἔμπλεῳ, γεγονέναι ἱστορεῖ· νόμῳ δὲ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦτον ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐν ἀρχαῖς τοῦ παντὸς ὑποβληθέντα δι' ἀπροσεξίαν καὶ τῆς θείας ἐντολῆς παράβασιν τῆς τριποθήτου στερηθῆναι ζωῆς. Ταῦτά τοι ὁ Μωσῆς ἐν προοιμίοις τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων φιλοσοφεῖ, μονονουχὶ προκηρύττων μὴ παραμελεῖν τῆς οἰκείας ἀξίας καὶ ἧς ἐτύχομεν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἀφομοιώσεως, ἐξ ἧς ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ ἀθάνατον τῆς ψυχῆς προσκεκληρῶ7.10.12 σθαι.
It took us and naturally made us emulous of its own knowledge of God and piety, because we have been unable to find anything similar among the theologians of the previously mentioned nations. After the first theology, it proceeds to the second doctrine, both physical and philosophical. After the knowledge of God and the ordering of the whole, it advances in order to what is second by nature: this was the subject of human nature, since after knowledge of God it is necessary to know oneself. Therefore it next teaches what man is, and what leads him to knowledge and piety of God, and what is the life of man according to his leading principle. Dividing the account of soul and body, it defines the true man as in the soul, partaking of an intellectual, incorporeal, and rational substance, as having been created in the image of God; the body is an earthy covering of the soul; and thirdly it adds the breath of life, a unitive power that connects that which was taken from the earth with that which was made in the image of God. And it relates that the first abode of the man in question was in the thrice-blessed paradise of God, full of immortal and eternal goods; but that by the law of God this man, like the others at the beginnings of the universe, having been subjected through inattention and transgression of the divine commandment, was deprived of the much-desired life. These things Moses philosophizes in the preludes of the sacred laws, virtually proclaiming that we should not neglect our own worth and the assimilation to the divine which we have obtained, from which the immortality of the soul has also been allotted to us.
μὴ γὰρ δὴ θεμιτὸν εἶναι βασιλέως ἀφανίζεσθαι εἰκόνα· εἶναι δὲ ἀρχέτυπον καὶ ἀληθῆ τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων εἰκόνα τὸν αὐτοῦ λόγον, αὐτοσοφίαν τυγχάνοντα καὶ αὐτοζωὴν καὶ φῶς καὶ ἀλήθειαν καὶ εἴ τι καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθόν τις ἐπινοήσειεν· εἰκόνα δὲ εἰκόνος τὸν ἀνθρώπειον νοῦν, παρ' ὃ καὶ κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ γεγονέναι ἀνωμολόγηται. ἀναγκαῖα δὲ ταῦτα εἶναι ᾤετο προπαιδεύεσθαι τοὺς μέλλοντας ἱεροῖς προσανέχειν νόμοις μνημονεύειν τε τί τὸ ἀπὸ γῆς ληφθὲν αὐτοῖς καὶ εἰς γῆν αὖθις ἀναλυθησόμενον, καὶ τί τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν κρεῖττον καὶ θεῷ ἐμφερὲς ὅπως τε χρῆν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν εἰρημένων προσφέρεσθαι μηδὲ ἐνυβρίζειν καὶ ἀσεβεῖν εἰς τὸν κατ' εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπον μηδέ γε αὐτὸν ῥυπαίνειν αἰσχραῖς καὶ παρανόμοις πράξεσι, φέρειν δὲ διὰ παντὸς τῆς πρώτης καὶ τρισμακαρίας ἐκείνης διατριβῆς τε καὶ ζωῆς τὸν πόθον καὶ σπεύδειν παλινδρομεῖν, εὐχὴν ποιουμένους τῆς πρώτης καὶ τρισμακαρίου ζωῆς τε καὶ ἀξίας τυχεῖν· ἀλλὰ καὶ παρασκευάζεσθαι ἐνθένδε ἤδη ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκεῖσε ἀποδημίαν, ὅτι μηδὲ ἄλλως δυνατὸν βεβήλοις καὶ μὴ κεκαθαρμένοις τῶν ἱερῶν ἐκείνων ἐπιβαίνειν, ὧν καὶ ὁ πρῶτος δι' ἀπροσεξίαν, θείας καταφρο7.10.14 νήσας ἐντολῆς, ἀποπέπτωκεν. ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ ἱεροφάντης προστίθησιν ἄλλο συνεκτικώτατον δόγμα, μὴ ἀμφιγνοεῖν διδάσκων ὅτι δὴ πάρεστί τις ἑκάστῳ πονηρὸς δαίμων ἔφεδρος, βάσκανος καὶ μισόκαλος καὶ τῆς ἀνθρώ7.10.15 πων ἀρχῆθεν ἐπίβουλος σωτηρίας. δράκοντα δὲ τοῦτον καὶ ὄφιν ὀνομάζει, μέλανά τινα καὶ σκότους οἰκεῖον ἰοῦ τε κακίας πλήρη·
For it is not lawful, he says, for the image of a king to be defaced. And the archetypal and true image of the God of all is his own Logos, who is self-wisdom, self-life, light, truth, and whatever good and excellent one might conceive. The image of that image is the human mind, on account of which it is acknowledged that man was made in the image of God. He thought it necessary that those who are about to attend to the sacred laws should be pre-educated in these matters, and should remember what is taken from the earth and will again be dissolved into earth, and what in us is superior and like God, and how one ought to treat each of the things mentioned, neither insulting nor impiously treating the man who is in the image of God, nor defiling him with shameful and lawless deeds, but always bearing the desire for that first and thrice-blessed state and life, and hastening to run back, making a prayer to attain that first and thrice-blessed life and dignity. Moreover, they should prepare themselves even here for the journey there, since it is not otherwise possible for the profane and unpurified to enter those sacred precincts, from which the first man, through inattention and contempt of the divine command, fell away. To these things the hierophant adds another most comprehensive doctrine, teaching that one should not be ignorant of the fact that an evil demon is present to each person as a watcher, envious and hating the good, and from the beginning a plotter against human salvation. And he calls this a dragon and a serpent, something black and akin to darkness and full of the venom of wickedness.
ὃν καί φησι φθόνῳ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐνθέου ζωῆς ὑποσκελίζειν εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν καὶ ὑποσύρειν ἕκαστον τῶν τῷ θεῷ προσανεχόντων πειρᾶσθαι· τούτου δ' ἀπάτῃ καὶ τοὺς προπάτορας ἡμῶν τοῦ γένους τῆς θειοτέρας λήξεως ἀποπεσεῖν, διὸ καὶ χρῆναι διὰ παντὸς ἐγρηγορέναι πρὸς τὰς τοῦ δηλωθέντος κακοτέχνους ῥᾳδιουρ7.10.16 γίας. καὶ τί χρὴ ταῦτα προλαμβάνειν, δέον ἤδη ποτὲ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐγγράφων ἕκαστα διελθεῖν τῶν διηγορευμένων; ἀρξώμεθα δ' οὖν πάλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, βοηθὸν ἐν πρώτοις αὐτὸν διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπικαλεσάμενοι.
ιγʹ. ΕΒΡΑΙΩΝ ΔΟΞΑΙ ΠΕΡΙ ΘΕΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΠΡΩΤΟΥ ΤΩΝ ΟΛΩΝ ΑΙΤΙΟΥ
Τὴν μὲν δὴ τῆς θεολογίας ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ποιητικῆς τε καὶ δημιουργικῆς δυνάμεως ἀρχόμενος ὁ κατ' αὐτοὺς λόγος παρίστησιν, οὐ συλλογισμοῖς οὐδὲ πιθανολογίαις, δογματικώτερον δὲ καὶ διδασκαλικώτερον ἐπι θειάζων τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι· ὑφ' οὗ θεοφορούμενος ὧδέ πως ὁ Μωσῆς ἀπήρξατο τῆς θεολογίας· «Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.» εἶτά φησιν· «Εἶπεν ὁ θεός· γενηθήτω φῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς.» καὶ πάλιν· «Εἶπεν ὁ θεός· γενηθήτω στερέωμα, καὶ ἐγένετο.» καὶ πάλιν· «Εἶπεν ὁ θεός· βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος καὶ καθ' ὁμοιότητα καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον ποιοῦν καρπόν, οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, κατὰ γένος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο.» καὶ αὖθις· «Εἶπεν ὁ θεός· γενηθήτωσαν φωστῆρες ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὥστε φαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἔστωσαν εἰς σημεῖα καὶ εἰς καιροὺς καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας καὶ εἰς ἐνιαυτούς, καὶ ἐγένετο.» καὶ πάλιν· «Εἶπεν ὁ θεός·
He says that this one even now still tries to trip up and undermine each of those who devote themselves to God, through envy of our divinely inspired life; and that by his deceit our first ancestors also fell from the more divine portion of the race, for which reason we must always be on guard against the cunning artifices of the one indicated. But why should I anticipate these things, when it is necessary now at last to go through each of the things prescribed from the written records themselves? Let us begin again, then, from God, first calling upon him as our helper through our Savior.
13. Opinions of the Hebrews concerning God, the First Cause of All
Now the account according to them sets the beginning of theology from the creative and demiurgic power of the universe, not by syllogisms or plausible arguments, but more dogmatically and didactically, being inspired by the Holy Spirit; by which Moses, being God-inspired, began theology somewhat as follows: "In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth." Then he says: "God said, 'Let there be light,' and there was light." And again: "God said, 'Let there be a firmament,' and it was." And again: "God said, 'Let the earth put forth grass, sow seed according to kind and likeness, and fruit-bearing tree producing fruit, whose seed is in itself, according to kind upon the earth,' and it was." And again: "God said, 'Let there be luminaries in the firmament of the heaven, to shine upon the earth, and let them be for signs and for seasons and for days and for years,' and it was." And again: "God said,
Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν κατὰ γένος καὶ πάντα τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατὰ γένος, καὶ ἐγένετο.» καὶ πάλιν· «Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ τετράποδα καὶ ἑρπετὰ καὶ θηρία τῆς γῆς κατὰ γένος, καὶ ἐγένετο.» ἐν δὴ τούτοις φάσκουσα ἡ γραφὴ «εἶπεν ὁ θεός» τὸ θεῖον νεῦμα καὶ τὸ ὡδί πως γενέσθαι τὰ ὄντα βουληθῆναι τὸν θεὸν παρίστησιν, οὐ μὴν φωνῇ καὶ συλλαβαῖς φάναι αὐτὸν ἐπινοεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, ἀλλὰ τὸν πάντα λόγον ἀνακεφαλαιούμενος «Αὕτη», φησίν, «ἡ βίβλος γενέσεως οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς.» τοιαύτη μὲν ἡ καθ' Ἑβραίους θεολογία, λόγῳ θεοῦ δημιουργικῷ τὰ πάντα συνεστάναι παιδεύουσα. ἔπειτα δὲ οὐχ ὧδε ἔρημον ὡς ὀρφανὸν ὑπὸ πατρὸς καταλειφθέντα τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον ὑπὸ τοῦ συστησαμένου διδάσκει, ἀλλ' εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προνοίας αὐτὸν διοικεῖσθαι, ὡς μὴ μόνον δημιουργὸν εἶναι τῶν ὅλων καὶ ποιητὴν τὸν θεόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σωτῆρα καὶ διοικητὴν καὶ βασιλέα καὶ ἡγεμόνα, ἡλίῳ αὐτῷ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ ἄστροις καὶ τῷ σύμπαντι οὐρανῷ τε καὶ κόσμῳ δι' αἰῶνος ἐπιστατοῦντα μεγάλῳ τε ὀφθαλμῷ καὶ ἐνθέῳ δυνάμει πάντ' ἐφορῶντα καὶ τοῖς πᾶσιν οὐρανίοις τε καὶ ἐπιγείοις ἐπιπαρόντα καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐν κόσμῳ δια7.11.5 τάττοντά τε καὶ διοικοῦντα· ὥσπερ οὖν ἀμέλει καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα προ φῆται, ἀκόλουθα καὶ αὐτοὶ θειάζοντες, τοτὲ μὲν ἀνεφώνουν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θείου λέγοντες προσώπου· «Θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, λέγει κύριος, καὶ οὐ θεὸς πόρρωθεν. εἰ ποιήσει τι ἄνθρωπος ἐν κρυφαίοις, κἀγὼ οὐ γνώσομαι αὐτό; οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ πληρῶ;
Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls according to kind, and all the flying things of the heaven according to kind, and it came to pass. And again: Let the earth bring forth quadrupeds and creeping things and wild beasts of the earth according to kind, and it came to pass. In these things, when the scripture says "God said," it represents the divine nod and the will of God that beings should come into being in this way, not that it is necessary to conceive of him speaking with voice and syllables, but summarizing the whole account, it says: "This is the book of the generation of heaven and earth, on the day when God made the heaven and the earth and all things in them." Such is the theology according to the Hebrews, teaching that all things were constituted by the creative word of God. Then it does not teach that the whole cosmos was left desolate like an orphan abandoned by its father by the one who established it, but that it is always administered by the providence of God, so that God is not only the creator and maker of all things, but also savior, administrator, king, and governor, presiding over the sun, moon, stars, and the whole heaven and cosmos through eternity, overseeing all with a great eye and divine power, being present to all heavenly and earthly things, and ordering and administering all things in the cosmos. Just as indeed the prophets after this, themselves also divinely inspired in accordance, sometimes cried out from the divine person itself, saying: "I am a God who draws near, says the Lord, and not a God far off. If a man does something in secret, will I not know it? Do I not fill the heaven and the earth?
λέγει κύριος·» τοτὲ δὲ ὧδέ πη θεολογοῦντες· «Τίς ἐμέτρησε τῇ χειρὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν σπιθαμῇ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν δρακί; τίς ἔστησε τὰ ὄρη σταθμῷ καὶ τὰς νάπας ζυγῷ; τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου καὶ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο;» καὶ πάλιν· «Ὁ στήσας ὡς καμάραν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ διατείνας ὡς σκηνὴν κατοικεῖν» καὶ αὖθις· «Ἀναβλέψατε εἰς ὕψος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ ἴδετε τίς κατέδειξε ταῦτα πάντα» καὶ ἑξῆς· «Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ πήξας αὐτόν, ὁ στερεώσας τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ διδοὺς πνοὴν τῷ λαῷ τῷ ἐπ' αὐτῆς καὶ πνεῦμα τοῖς πατοῦσιν αὐτήν, ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεός» καὶ ἑξῆς· «Ἐξέτεινα τὸν οὐρανὸν μόνος καὶ ἐστερέωσα τὴν γῆν· ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς καὶ οὐκ ἔστι πλὴν ἐμοῦ» καὶ πάλιν· «Οὕτως ἐρεῖτε αὐτοῖς· θεοὶ οἳ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐποίησαν, ἀπολέσθωσαν ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς καὶ ὑποκάτωθεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. κύριος ὁ ποιήσας τὴν γῆν ἐν τῇ ἰσχύϊ αὐτοῦ ἀνώρθωσε τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τῇ φρονήσει αὐτοῦ ἐξέτεινε τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἀνήγαγε νεφέλας ἐξ ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, ἀστραπὰς εἰς ὑετὸν ἐποίησε, καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἀνέμους ἐκ θησαυρῶν αὐτοῦ. ἐμωράνθη πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ γνώσεως» καὶ πάλιν· «Ποῦ πορευθῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός σου καὶ
The Lord says. And then elsewhere, theologizing: "Who measured the water with his hand, and the heaven with a span, and all the earth with a fist? Who set the mountains with a balance and the glens with a scale? Who knew the mind of the Lord, and who became his counselor?" And again: "He who set the heaven like a vault and stretched it out like a tent to dwell in." And again: "Lift up your eyes to the height and see who has pointed out all these things." And then: "The Lord God, who made the heaven and fixed it, who made firm the earth and what is in it, and gives breath to the people upon it and spirit to those who tread upon it, I am the Lord God." And then: "I alone stretched out the heaven and made firm the earth; I am the Lord God, and there is none besides me." And again: "Thus you shall say to them: Gods who did not make the heaven and the earth, let them perish from the face of the earth and from beneath the heaven. The Lord who made the earth by his might set upright the inhabited world by his wisdom, and by his intelligence he stretched out the heaven and brought up clouds from the end of the earth, made lightning for rain, and brought forth winds from his treasuries. Every man has been made foolish in knowledge." And again: "Where shall I go from your spirit, and
ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου ποῦ κρυβῶ; ἐὰν ἀναβῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, σὺ ἐκεῖ εἶ· ἐὰν στρώσω εἰς τὸν ᾅδην, πάρει. εἰ ἀναλάβοιμι τὰς πτέρυγάς μου κατ' ὄρθρον καὶ κατασκηνώσαιμι εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς θαλάσσης· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ ἡ χείρ σου ὁδηγήσει με.» Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια τῶν μετὰ Μωσέα θεολόγων, τῶν δὴ καὶ αὐτῶν Ἑβραίων, τυγχάνει, συνῳδὰ τοῖς παλαιτάτοις προπάτορσι θεολογούντων· τῶν δέ γε πρὸ Μωσέως θεοφιλῶν καὶ τρισμακαρίων ἀνδρῶν, τῶν δὴ καὶ πρώτων Ἑβραίων, αὐτοῦ τε πρώτου πάντων Ἁβραάμ, ὃς καὶ προπάτωρ τοῦ παντὸς Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους ἀνείρηται, ἄκουε· «Εἶπε δὲ Ἁβραὰμ πρὸς βασιλέα Σοδόμων· Ἐκτενῶ τὴν χεῖρά μου πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν ὕψιστον, ὃς ἔκτισε τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.» καὶ πρό γε τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ εἰσάγεται ὁ Μελχισεδὲκ ἱερεὺς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου, τὸν Ἁβραὰμ εὐλογῶν τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν· «Εὐλογημένος Ἁβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ τῷ ὑψίστῳ, ὃς παρέδωκε τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποχειρίους σοι· καὶ εὐλογητὸς ὁ θεός, ὃς ἔκτισε τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.» ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις ὁ λόγος τὸν Ἁβραὰμ εἰσάγει τῷ οἰκείῳ τοιάδε προσδιαλεγόμενον· «Θὲς τὴν χεῖρά σου ὑπὸ τὸν μηρόν μου, καὶ ἐξορκιῶ σε κύριον τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τὸν θεὸν τῆς γῆς.» καὶ ἐπιλέγει· «Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ὁ θεὸς τῆς γῆς, ὃς ἔλαβέ με ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός μου, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἧς ἐγεννήθην.» ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις ἐν τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν Μωσέα θεοφανείᾳ, πυθομένῳ τῷ Μωσεῖ, τίνα χρὴ τὸν θεὸν ἡγεῖσθαι, φησὶν ὁ χρησμός· «Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν·
from your face where shall I hide? If I go up into heaven, you are there; if I spread out into Hades, you are present. If I should take up my wings at dawn and settle in the farthest parts of the sea, even there your hand will guide me." But these and similar things belong to the theologians after Moses, who are themselves Hebrews, and who theologize in harmony with the most ancient forefathers. But of the God-beloved and thrice-blessed men before Moses, who were the first Hebrews, and of the very first of all, Abraham, who is called the forefather of the entire Jewish nation, hear: "And Abraham said to the king of Sodom, 'I will stretch out my hand to the most high God, who created the heaven and the earth.'" And before Abraham, Melchizedek is introduced as priest of the most high God, blessing Abraham with these words: "Blessed is Abraham to the most high God, who delivered your enemies into your hands; and blessed is the God who created the heaven and the earth." Moreover, the account introduces Abraham conversing with his servant as follows: "Place your hand under my thigh, and I will adjure you by the Lord, the God of heaven and the God of the earth." And he adds: "The Lord is the God of heaven, and the God of the earth, who took me from my father's house and from the land where I was born." Finally, in the theophany to Moses himself, when Moses asked whom one should consider God, the oracle says: "I am the one who is.
οὕτως ἐρεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, ὁ ὢν ἀπέσταλκέ με πρὸς ὑμᾶς.» Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ μυρίων ὅσων τῆς Ἑβραίων θεολογίας ἐκκείσθω. ἆρ' οὖν ἄξιον ἐν συγκρίσει παραβάλλειν αὐτοῖς τὰς τῶν σοφῶν Ἑλλήνων θεολογίας, τῶν μὲν μηδ' ὅλως εἶναι θεὸν ἀποφηναμένων, τῶν δὲ τοὺς ἀστέρας εἶναι φασκόντων, οὓς καὶ μύδρους τυγχάνειν διαπύρους ἥλων καὶ πετάλων δίκην ἐμπεπηγότας τῷ οὐρανῷ, τῶν δὲ πῦρ εἶναι τεχνικὸν ὁδῷ βαδίζον, καὶ τῶν μὲν μὴ προνοίᾳ θεοῦ διοικεῖσθαι τὸν κόσμον, φύσει δέ τινι ἀλόγῳ, τῶν δὲ τὰ μὲν οὐράνια μόνα ὑπὸ θεοῦ διοικεῖσθαι, οὐ μὴν καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς, καὶ πάλιν ἀγένητον εἶναι τὸν κόσμον καὶ μήθ' ὅλως ὑπὸ θεοῦ γενέσθαι, αὐτομάτως δὲ καὶ συντυχικῶς ὑφεστάναι, τῶν δὲ ἐξ ἀτόμων καὶ λεπτῶν σωμάτων ἀψύχων τινῶν καὶ ἀλόγων τὴν τοῦ παντὸς σύστασιν γεγονέναι; ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῶν παρ' Ἑβραίοις λογίων περὶ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ ὡς ἐν βραχέσι τοιαῦτα· συνιδεῖν δὲ ἕπεται καὶ τὰ μετὰ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν περὶ τῆς τῶν γενητῶν ἀρχῆς Ἑβραίοις πεφιλοσοφημένα.
Thus you shall say to the sons of Israel, 'He who is has sent me to you.'" Let these things, then, be set forth from the countless instances of Hebrew theology. Is it, then, worthwhile to compare with them the theologies of the wise Greeks—some declaring that there is no god at all, others claiming that the stars are gods, which they say are like red-hot iron masses or plates fixed in the sky, others that god is a craftsmany fire proceeding in a path, and some that the world is not governed by divine providence but by some irrational nature, others that only the heavenly realm is governed by god, but not the things on earth, and again that the world is ungenerated and not at all brought into being by god, but subsists spontaneously and by chance, and others that the constitution of the universe has come about from atoms and fine bodies, some soulless and irrational? But such, in brief, are the things from the oracles among the Hebrews concerning the god of all. It follows next to consider what has been philosophized by the Hebrews concerning the beginning of generated things, after the god of all.
ιδʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΤΟΥ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟΥ ΑΙΤΙΟΥ ΘΕΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ Θαλῆς μὲν ὁ Μιλήσιος ἀρχὴν τῶν ἁπάντων τὸ ὕδωρ εἶναι ἀπεφήνατο, Ἀναξιμένης δὲ τὸν ἀέρα, Ἡράκλειτος τὸ πῦρ, Πυθαγόρας ἀριθμούς, Ἐπίκουρος ἅμα Δημοκρίτῳ σώματα ἄτομα, Ἐμπεδοκλῆς τὰ τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα. ἴδωμεν τοιγαροῦν καὶ τὰ παρ' Ἑβραίοις λόγια. μετὰ τὴν ἄναρχον καὶ ἀγένητον τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων οὐσίαν, ἄμικτον οὖσαν καὶ ἐπέκεινα πάσης καταλήψεως, δευτέραν οὐσίαν καὶ θείαν δύναμιν, ἀρχὴν τῶν γενητῶν ἁπάντων πρώτην τε ὑποστᾶσαν κἀκ τοῦ πρώτου αἰτίου γεγενημένην, εἰσάγουσι, λόγον καὶ σοφίαν καὶ θεοῦ δύναμιν αὐτὴν προσαγορεύοντες. τοῦτο δὲ πρῶτος διδάσκει λέγων Ἰώβ· «Ἡ δὲ σοφία πόθεν εὑρέθη; ποῖος δὲ τόπος ἐστὶ τῆς ἐπιστήμης; οὐκ οἶδε βροτὸς ὁδὸν αὐτῆς οὐδὲ μὴν εὑρέθη ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἀκηκόαμεν δὲ αὐτῆς τὸ κλέος. ὁ κύριος συνέστησεν αὐτῆς τὴν ὁδόν, αὐτὸς δὲ οἶδε τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς.» καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ δέ που ἐν ψαλμῳδίαις, ἑτέρῳ προσειπὼν τὴν σοφίαν ὀνόματι, φησί· «Τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν,» τὸν τῶν
14. On the Theology of the Second Cause. Thales of Miletus declared that the principle of all things is water, Anaximenes that it is air, Heraclitus fire, Pythagoras numbers, Epicurus together with Democritus atomic bodies, Empedocles the four elements. Let us then also examine the sayings among the Hebrews. After the unoriginate and ungenerated substance of the God of all, which is unmixed and beyond all comprehension, they introduce a second substance and divine power, a principle of all generated things, first subsisting and generated from the first cause, calling it Word and Wisdom and Power of God. This is first taught by Job, who says: "But whence was wisdom found? And what place is there of knowledge? No mortal knows its way, nor has it been found among men, but we have heard of its fame. The Lord established its way, and he himself knows its place." And David somewhere in his Psalms, addressing wisdom by another name, says: "By the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm," the
ἁπάντων δημιουργικὸν λόγον θεοῦ τοῦτον ἀνευφημήσας τὸν τρόπον· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τούτου παῖς Σολομῶν ὧδέ πη ἐξ αὐτῆς προσωποποιεῖ τῆς σοφίας λέγων· «Ἐγὼ ἡ σοφία κατεσκήνωσα βουλὴν καὶ γνῶσιν, καὶ ἔννοιαν ἐγὼ ἐπεκαλεσάμην. δι' ἐμοῦ βασιλεῖς βασιλεύουσι, καὶ οἱ δυνάσται γράφουσι δικαιοσύνην.» οἷς ἐπιλέγει ἑξῆς· «Κύριος ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέ με, ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιῆσαι καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὰς ἀβύσσους γενέσθαι, πρὸ τοῦ ὄρη ἑδρασθῆναι, πρὸ δὲ πάντων βουνῶν γεννᾷ με, ἡνίκα ἡτοίμαζε τὸν οὐρανόν, συμπαρήμην αὐτῷ, καὶ ὡς ἀσφαλεῖς ἐτίθει πηγὰς τῆς ὑπ' οὐρανόν, ἤμην σὺν αὐτῷ ἁρμόζουσα. ἐγὼ ἤμην ᾗ προσέχαιρε καθ' ἡμέραν, ηὐφραινόμην δὲ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ, ὅτε ηὐφραίνετο τὴν οἰκουμένην συντελέσας.» ταῦτα Σολομῶν ἐν Παροιμίαις. καὶ ταῦτα δέ πη ἐξ αὐτοῦ λέγεται τοῦ προσώπου· «Τί δέ ἐστι σοφία καὶ πῶς ἐγένετο, ἀπαγγελῶ καὶ οὐκ ἀποκρύψω ὑμῖν μυστήρια, ἀλλ' ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενέσεως ἐξιχνιάσω.» οἷς ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει· «Ἔστι γὰρ αὕτη πνεῦμα νοερόν, ἅγιον, μονογενές, πολυμερές, λεπτόν, εὐκίνητον, τρανόν, ἀμόλυντον, παντοδύναμον, πανεπίσκοπον καὶ διὰ πάντων χωροῦν πνευμάτων, νοερῶν, καθαρῶν, λεπτοτάτων. πάσης γὰρ κινήσεως κινητικώτερον σοφία, διήκει δὲ καὶ χωρεῖ διὰ πάντων διὰ τὴν καθαρότητα. ἀτμὶς γάρ ἐστι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀπόρροια τῆς τοῦ παντοκράτορος δόξης εἰλικρινής· διὸ οὐδὲν μεμολυσμένον εἰς αὐτὴν παρεμπίπτει. ἀπαύγασμα γάρ ἐστι φωτὸς ἀϊδίου καὶ ἔσοπτρον ἀκηλίδωτον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνεργείας καὶ εἰκὼν τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ.
having praised the creative Word of God in this manner. Moreover, his son Solomon personifies Wisdom herself, speaking thus: "I, Wisdom, have made my dwelling in counsel and knowledge, and I have summoned thought. Through me kings reign, and rulers inscribe justice." To which he adds: "The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works; he established me before the age, in the beginning before he made the earth and before the abysses came to be, before the mountains were set firm, and before all hills he gives birth to me. When he prepared the heaven, I was with him, and as he set the springs beneath the heaven securely, I was with him, fitting them together. I was the one in whom he delighted daily, and I rejoiced before him at all times, when he rejoiced in completing the inhabited world." These things Solomon says in the Proverbs. And these things are spoken from his own person: "What Wisdom is and how it came to be, I will declare and will not conceal mysteries from you, but I will trace it from the beginning of its generation." To which he adds: "For this is a noetic, holy, only-begotten, manifold, subtle, mobile, clear, undefiled, all-powerful, all-overseeing spirit, and it passes through all spirits, noetic, pure, and most subtle. For Wisdom is more mobile than any motion, and it penetrates and passes through all things because of its purity. For it is a vapor of the power of God and a pure effluence of the glory of the Almighty; hence nothing defiled falls into it. For it is a radiance of eternal light and an unblemished mirror of the energy of God and an image of his goodness.
διατείνει δὲ ἀπὸ πέρατος ἐπὶ πέρας εὐρώστως καὶ διοικεῖ τὰ πάντα χρηστῶς.» καὶ δὴ τόνδε τὸν ἔνθεον λόγον διαφόρως ἡ θεία γραφὴ πρὸς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίᾳ πεπεμμένον εἰσάγει. αὐτὸν δ' οὖν καὶ τῷ Ἁβραὰμ Μωσεῖ τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοφιλέσι προφήταις φῆναι ἑαυτὸν καὶ χρησμοῖς τὰ πολλὰ παιδεῦσαί τε καὶ θεσπίσαι τὰ μέλλοντα ἱστορεῖ, ὁπηνίκα θεὸν καὶ κύριον ὦφθαί τε καὶ εἰς λόγους τῶν προφητῶν ἐλθεῖν μνημονεύει. τοῦτον καὶ πᾶσιν εἰς γνῶσιν ἐλθεῖν ἀνθρώποις, οἷα νοσούντων σωτῆρα καὶ ψυχῶν ἰατρὸν πρὸς τοῦ μείζονος ἀπεσταλμένον, ὧδέ πη θεσπίζει· «Ἀπέστειλε τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰάσατο αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐρρύσατο αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν διαφθορῶν αὐτῶν.» καὶ πάλιν ἄλλοτέ φησιν· «Ἕως τάχους δραμεῖται ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ.» ἔνθεν καὶ ἡ εὐαγγελικὴ διδασκαλία τὸ προφητικὸν καὶ πάτριον ἀνανεουμένη δόγμα ταύτη πη διασαφεῖ τὴν θεολογίαν· «Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν. πάντα δι' αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἓν ὃ γέγονεν. ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων.» εἰκότως δῆτα τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι καὶ Μωσῆς ὁ πάνσοφος, ἀρχόμενος τῆς κατ' αὐτὸν κοσμογονίας, ἐν τῇ προαποδοθείσῃ ἀρχῇ, πεποιηκέναι τὸν θεὸν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν φησιν· αὐτῷ τε εἰσάγει, ὡς ἂν οἰκείῳ καὶ πρωτογόνῳ αὐτοῦ λόγῳ, κοινολογούμενον ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δημιουργίας τὸν θεὸν ἐν οἷς γράφει· «Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ' εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν.» τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ ψαλμῳδὸς ᾐνίττετο, ὁπηνίκα περὶ τοῦ πρώτου αἰτίου διεξιών·
It extends from one end to the other vigorously and administers all things beneficently. And indeed, this divine Word the holy Scripture introduces as sent from the Father for the salvation of men. It records that he revealed himself to Abraham, Moses, and the other God-beloved prophets, and instructed them through oracles and foretold many future events, whenever it mentions that he appeared as God and Lord and came into conversation with the prophets. It also prophesies that he would come to the knowledge of all men, as a savior for the sick and a physician of souls sent by the greater one, in these words: "He sent his Word, and he healed them and delivered them from their corruptions." And again on another occasion it says: "His Word will run swiftly." Hence the evangelical teaching, renewing the prophetic and ancestral doctrine, clarifies the theology thus: "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. This one was in the beginning with God. All things came to be through him, and without him not one thing that has come to be came to be. In him was life, and the life was the light of men." Fittingly, then, with the same spirit, the all-wise Moses, beginning his cosmogony in the previously cited passage, says that God made the heaven and the earth; and he introduces God, as if conversing with his own and firstborn Word, concerning the creation of man, in the words he writes: "And God said, 'Let us make man according to our image and likeness.'" This also the Psalmist hinted at when he discoursed about the first cause.
«Αὐτός», φησίν, «εἶπε, καὶ ἐγενήθησαν· αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο, καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν,» ἄντικρυς τὴν τοῦ πρώτου πρὸς τὸ δεύτερον αἴτιον, ὡς ἂν πατρὸς πρὸς υἱόν, διάταξίν τε καὶ παρακέλευσιν ὑφιστάμενος. πάντη γὰρ δήπουθεν δῆλον, ὡς πᾶς ὁ λέγων τι ἑτέρῳ λέγει καὶ ὁ ἐντελλόμενος ἑτέρῳ παρ' ἑαυτὸν ἐντέλλεται. διαρρήδην δ' αὖ πάλιν ὁ Μωσῆς ἄμφω δυοῖν μνημονεύων κυρίων, πατρὸς δηλαδὴ καὶ υἱοῦ, ὧδέ πη ἐπὶ τῆς κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν τιμωρίας ἱστορεῖ λέγων· «Καὶ ἔβρεξε κύριος παρὰ κυρίου ἐπὶ Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα θεῖον καὶ πῦρ.» οἷς συμφώνως καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ ψάλλων ἔφησεν· «Εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ
κυρίῳ μου· κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου.» καὶ προϊὼν τὴν κρύφιον καὶ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀπόρρητον αὐτοῦ γενεσιουργίαν ᾐνί7.12.14 ξατο, φάσκων· «Ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε». ἵνα δὲ μὴ σοφίζεσθαί με ταῦτα νομίσῃς, ἑρμηνέα σοι τῆς ἐν τῇ γραφῇ διανοίας Ἑβραῖον ἄνδρα παραστήσω, τὰ οἰκεῖα πατρόθεν ἀκριβοῦντα καὶ παρὰ διδασκάλων τὸ δόγμα μεμαθηκότα, εἰ δή σοι τοιοῦτος ὁ Φίλων. ἐπάκουσον οὖν καὶ τοῦδε, ὅπως τὰς θείας ἑρμηνεύει φωνάς· «Διὰ τί ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου θεοῦ φησι τὸ ἐν εἰκόνι θεοῦ ἐποίησα τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλ' οὐχὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ; παγκάλως καὶ σοφῶς τουτὶ κεχρησμῴδηται. θνητὸν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἀπεικονισθῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀνωτάτω καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ἐδύνατο, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν δεύτερον θεόν, ὅς ἐστιν ἐκείνου λόγος. ἔδει γὰρ τὸν λογικὸν ἐν ἀνθρώπου ψυχῇ τύπον ὑπὸ θείου λόγου χαραχθῆναι, ἐπειδὴ ὁ πρὸ τοῦ λόγου θεὸς κρείσσων ἐστὶν ἢ πᾶσα λογικὴ φύσις·
He himself spoke, and they came into being; he himself commanded, and they were created, plainly positing the arrangement and injunction of the first cause in relation to the second, as of a father to a son. For it is entirely obvious, I suppose, that everyone who says something says it to another, and everyone who gives a command gives it to another distinct from himself. And again, Moses explicitly mentions both lords, namely father and son, somewhere in the account of the punishment of the impious, saying: And the Lord rained down from the Lord upon Sodom and Gomorrah brimstone and fire. In agreement with this, David also chanted: The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand until I set your enemies as a footstool under your feet. And proceeding further, he hinted at his secret and ineffable generation, saying: From the womb before the morning star I begot you. But lest you think I am fabricating these things, I will present to you a Hebrew man as an interpreter of the meaning in Scripture, one who accurately knows his ancestral traditions and has learned the doctrine from teachers, if indeed Philo is such a man for you. Listen, then, to him as well, how he interprets the divine utterances: Why does it say, in the image of God I made man, as if speaking of another god, and not in his own image? This has been very beautifully and wisely uttered. For nothing mortal could be modeled after the highest and father of all, but only after the second god, who is his word. For the rational type in the human soul had to be impressed by the divine word, since the god prior to the word is superior to every rational nature.
τῷ δὲ ὑπὲρ τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ βελτίστῃ καί τινι ἐξαιρέτῳ καθεστῶτι ἰδέᾳ οὐδὲν θέμις ἦν γενητὸν ἐξομοιωθῆναι.» Ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ πρώτου μοι κείσθω τῶν Φίλωνος «Ζητημάτων καὶ Λύσεων.» ὁ δ' αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ «Περὶ γεωργίας» προτέρῳ καὶ υἱὸν θεοῦ τὸν πρωτόγονον αὐτοῦ λόγον τοῦτον ὀνομάζει τὸν τρόπον· «Ταῦτα δὴ πάντα ὁ ποιμὴν καὶ βασιλεὺς θεὸς ἄγει κατὰ δίκην, νόμον προστησάμενος τὸν ὀρθὸν αὐτοῦ λόγον καὶ πρωτόγονον υἱόν, ὃς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς ἱερᾶς ταύτης ἀγέλης οἷά τις μεγάλου βασιλέως ὕπαρχος, διαδέξεται.» Καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ δὲ πάλιν ὁ αὐτὸς τάδε γράφει πρὸς λέξιν· «Τὰς δυσωπίας οὖν εἴ τις ἀποδιδράσκειν βούλεται τὰς ἐν τοῖς διαπορηθεῖσι, λεγέτω μετὰ παρρησίας ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν ὕλαις κραταιὸν οὕτως ὡς τὸν κόσμον ἀχθοφορεῖν ἰσχῦσαι. λόγος δ' ὁ ἀΐδιος θεοῦ τοῦ αἰωνίου τὸ ὀχυρώ7.13.5 τατον καὶ βεβαιότατον ἔρεισμα τῶν ὅλων ἐστίν. οὗτος ἀπὸ τῶν μέσων ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄκρων ἐπὶ τὰ μέσα ταθεὶς δολιχεύει τὸν φύσεως ἀήττητον δρόμον, συνάγων τὰ μέρη πάντα καὶ σφίγγων. δεσμὸν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἄρρηκτον τοῦ παντὸς ὁ γεννήσας ἐποίει πατήρ. εἰκότως οὖν οὐδὲ γῆ πᾶσα διαλυθήσεται πρὸς παντὸς ὕδατος, ὅπερ αὐτῆς οἱ κόλποι κεχωρήκασιν, οὐδ' ὑπὸ ἀέρος σβεσθήσεται πῦρ οὐδ' ἔμπαλιν ὑπὸ πυρὸς ἀὴρ ἀναφλεχθήσεται, τοῦ θείου λόγου μεθόριον τάττοντος αὑτὸν φωνῆεν στοιχείων ἀφώνων, ἵνα τὸ ὅλον ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐγγράμμου μουσικῆς συνηχήσῃ, τὰς τῶν ἐναντίων ἀπειλὰς πειθοῖ τῇ συνῳδῷ μεσιτεύοντός τε καὶ διαιτῶντος.» Ταῦτα ὁ Φίλων.
For that which is established in the best and some exceptional form beyond reason, it was not lawful for anything generated to be likened. Let these things stand for me from the first of Philo's "Questions and Solutions." And the same author, in the earlier work "On Agriculture," names this firstborn Logos of his as son of God in this manner: "Now all these things the shepherd and king God leads according to justice, having set before him his right Logos and firstborn son, who, like some viceroy of a great king, will take over the care of this sacred flock." And again in the second book, the same author writes these things verbatim: "If, then, anyone wishes to escape the perplexities in the matters under investigation, let him say with frankness that none of the things in matter is so strong as to be able to bear the weight of the cosmos. But the eternal Logos of the eternal God is the most secure and firm support of the whole. This, stretched from the middle to the ends and from the extremes to the middle, runs the invincible course of nature, gathering and binding all the parts together. For the father who generated him made him an unbreakable bond of the universe. Naturally, then, not all the earth will be dissolved by all the water which the hollows of it have received, nor will fire be extinguished by air, nor, conversely, will air be kindled by fire, since the divine Logos stations himself as a boundary between the voiceless elements, so that the whole, as in written music, may sound together, mediating and arbitrating the threats of opposites by harmonious persuasion." These things Philo says.
καὶ Ἀριστόβουλος δὲ ἄλλος Ἑβραίων σοφὸς ἀνήρ, κατὰ τὴν τῶν Πτολεμαίων ἀκμάσας ἡγεμονίαν, κυροῖ τὸ δόγμα ὡς πάτριον, αὐτῷ Πτολεμαίῳ τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων προσφωνῶν ἑρμηνείαν, ἐν ᾗ τάδε φησί· «Μεταφέροιτο δ' ἂν τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς σοφίας· τὸ γὰρ πᾶν φῶς ἐστιν ἐξ αὐτῆς. διὸ καί τινες εἰρήκασι τῶν ἐκ τῆς αἱρέσεως ὄντες τοῦ Περιπάτου λαμπτῆρος αὐτὴν ἔχειν τάξιν. ἀκολουθοῦντες γὰρ αὐτῇ συνεχῶς, ἀτάραχοι καταστήσονται δι' ὅλου τοῦ βίου. σαφέστερον δὲ καὶ κάλλιον τῶν ἡμετέρων προγόνων τις εἶπε Σολομῶν, πρὸ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς αὐτὴν ὑπάρχειν· τὸ δὲ σύμφωνόν ἐστι τῷ προειρημένῳ.» Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα περὶ τοῦδε καὶ παῖδες Ἑβραίων πεφιλοσοφήκασιν. ἆρ' οὖν οὐχ οὗτος λόγων εἴη ἂν ὁ θεοπρεπέστατος, δυνάμει θεοῦ λογικῇ καὶ πανσόφῳ, μᾶλλον δὲ αὐτῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ αὐτῷ θεοῦ λόγῳ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀνατιθεὶς τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συστάσεως ἢ τοῖς ἀψύχοις καὶ ἀλόγοις στοιχείοις; ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα παρ' Ἑβραίοις καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς. σκεψώμεθα δὲ καὶ ἃ περὶ τῆς τῶν λογικῶν συστάσεως, τῶν μετὰ τὴν πρώτην ἀρχήν, ἐκδιδάσκουσι.
And another wise man of the Hebrews, Aristobulus, who flourished during the reign of the Ptolemies, confirms the doctrine as ancestral, addressing to Ptolemy himself the interpretation of the sacred laws, in which he says: "The same might also be transferred to wisdom; for all light is from it. Hence some of those belonging to the Peripatetic school have said that it holds the rank of a lamp. For following it continuously, they will be established untroubled throughout their whole life. But more clearly and more beautifully one of our ancestors, Solomon, said that it exists before heaven and earth; and this is in agreement with what has been said before." These things, then, and suchlike concerning this matter have been philosophized by the children of the Hebrews. Would not this, then, be the most godly of doctrines, which attributes the beginning of the constitution of the universe to the rational and all-wise power of God, or rather to wisdom itself and to the Word of God himself, rather than to lifeless and irrational elements? For such are the teachings among the Hebrews concerning the beginning of all things. But let us also examine what they teach concerning the constitution of rational beings, those after the first principle.
ιεʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΛΟΓΙΚΩΝ ΣΥΣΤΑΣΕΩΣ
Μετὰ τὴν ἄναρχον καὶ ἀγένητον θεοῦ τοῦ παμβασιλέως οὐσίαν τὴν οὐκ ἄλλοθεν ἢ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς γεγεννημένην ἀρχὴν πρωτότοκόν τε οὖσαν καὶ συνεργὸν τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς βουλῆς πρὸς αὐτόν τε ἀπεικονισμένην διδά7.15.2 σκουσι. ταύτην δὲ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα γενητῶν ἁπάντων πρωτεύειν, παρ' ὃ καὶ εἰκόνα θεοῦ αὐτὴν καὶ θεοῦ δύναμιν καὶ θεοῦ σοφίαν καὶ θεοῦ λόγον, ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἀρχιστράτηγον δυνάμεως κυρίου «μεγάλης» τε «βουλῆς ἄγγελον» ἀποκαλεῖν εἰώθασι. τὰς δὲ μετὰ τήνδε τὴν ἀρχὴν νοερὰς καὶ λογικὰς δυνάμεις οὐ λεκτὰς εἶναι ἀνθρώπου φύσει, τοῦ τε πλήθους ἕνεκα τῆς τε κατ' εἶδος διαφορᾶς, πλὴν ὅσον ἐπιβάλλειν δυνατὸν τοῖς παραδείγμασιν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων ἀναλογίας, ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων καὶ αὐτοῦ δὴ οὐρανοῦ ἔνδον ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ τὰ σύμπαντα περιειληφότος. «ἄλλη γὰρ δόξα ἡλίου καὶ ἄλλη σελήνης καὶ ἄλλη δόξα ἀστέρων» φησὶν ὁ θεῖος ἀπό7.15.5 στολος· «ἀστέρα γὰρ ἀστέρος διαφέρειν ἐν δόξῃ».
15. On the Constitution of Rational Beings
After the unoriginate and ungenerated substance of God the All-King, they teach that there is a beginning which has been generated from no other source than the Father, being both firstborn and co-worker of the Father's counsel, and imaged after him. This beginning holds primacy over all subsequent created things, on account of which they are accustomed to call it image of God, power of God, wisdom of God, and word of God, and indeed also commander-in-chief of the Lord's power, and "angel of great counsel." The noetic and rational powers after this beginning are not to be described by human nature, both because of their multitude and their specific differences, except insofar as it is possible to apply to the patterns from the analogy of visible things—sun, moon, stars, and heaven itself, which encompasses all things under itself. "For there is one glory of the sun, and another of the moon, and another glory of the stars," says the divine apostle, "for star differs from star in glory.
ταύτη πη τοιγαροῦν καὶ τὸν ἐν ἀσωμάτοις καὶ νοεραῖς οὐσίαις κόσμον χρὴ νοεῖν, τὰ πάντα μὲν ἀθρόως ἀπολαβούσης τῆς ἀνεκφράστου καὶ ἀπειρομεγέθους δυνάμεως τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων, δευτερευούσης δὲ μετὰ τὸν πατέρα τῆς δημιουργικῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ φωτι στικῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ θείου λόγου διὸ καὶ φῶς ἀληθινὸν καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἥλιον Ἑβραίοις φίλον αὐτὸν ὀνομάζειν, τρίτης δὲ ἤδη μετὰ τὴν δευτέραν οὐσίαν ἐν χώρᾳ σελήνης καθισταμένης τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ καὶ βασιλικῇ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς ἀξίᾳ καὶ τιμῇ καταλέγουσιν, εἰς ἀρχὴν τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα γενητῶν, λέγω δὲ τῶν ὑποβεβηκότων καὶ τῆς παρ' αὐτοῦ χορηγίας ἐπιδεομένων, καὶ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ποιητοῦ κατατεταγμένου. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μέν, τρίτην ἐπέχον τὴν τάξιν, τοῖς ὑποβεβηκόσι τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ κρειττόνων δυνάμεων ἐπιχορηγεῖ, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀντιλαμβάνει παρ' ἑτέρου τοῦ ἢ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου, τοῦ δὴ καὶ ἀνωτέρω καὶ κρείττονος, ὃν δὴ δευτερεύειν ἔφαμεν τῆς ἀνωτάτω καὶ ἀγενήτου φύσεως θεοῦ τοῦ παμβασιλέως· παρ' οὗ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιχορηγούμενος ὁ θεὸς λόγος καὶ ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀενάου πηγῆς θεότητα ἀναβλυστανούσης ἀρυτόμενος τοῖς πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ καὶ δὴ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, μᾶλλον ἁπάντων αὐτῷ προσεχεῖ καὶ ἐγγυτάτω ὄντι, ταῖς τε μετὰ τοῦτο νοεραῖς καὶ θείαις δυνάμεσιν ἀθρόως καὶ ἀνεπιφθόνως τῶν τοῦ οἰκείου φωτὸς μαρμαρυγῶν μεταδίδωσι.
Thus, one must conceive of the cosmos in incorporeal and intellectual substances as well, the ineffable and infinite power of the God of all encompassing everything simultaneously, while the creative and illuminating power of the divine Word holds second place after the Father—hence the Hebrews are accustomed to call him true light and sun of righteousness—and third, after the second substance, is established the Holy Spirit in the region of the moon, which they also count among the first and royal rank and honor of the principle of all things, as a beginning for the things generated thereafter—I mean those that are inferior and in need of its provision—and it too has been assigned by the maker of all. But this, occupying the third rank, provides for the inferior among the superior powers within it, and indeed also receives from another, namely from the divine Word, who is higher and superior, whom we said holds second place after the highest and ungenerated nature of God the All-King; from whom the divine Word itself, being supplied and as if drawing from an ever-flowing spring of divinity that wells up, imparts to all together, and indeed to the Holy Spirit itself—which is closest and most proximate to him of all—and to the intellectual and divine powers after this, the radiance of its own light abundantly and without envy.
τὴν δὲ τῶν ὅλων ἀγένητον ἀρχήν, ἀγαθῶν ἁπάντων οὖσαν πηγὴν θεότητός τε καὶ ζωῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ φωτὸς καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς αἰτίαν καὶ πρώτην γε οὖσαν τῶν πρώτων καὶ ἀρχῶν ἀρχήν, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἀρχῆς καὶ πρώτου καὶ πάσης ῥητῆς τε καὶ καταληπτῆς ἐπινοίας ἐπέκεινα, τὰ μὲν πάντα, ὅσα περ ἐν ἀρρήτοις δυνάμεσι περιείληφε, τῷ πρώτῳ γεννήματι κοινωνεῖν μόνῳ, ὡς ἂν μόνῳ οἵῳ τε χωρεῖν καὶ ἀποδέχεσθαι τὴν τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐκ ἐφικτὴν οὐδὲ χωρητὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀφθονίαν. τὰ δ' ἐν μέρει τοῖς κατὰ μέρος ἀξίοις διὰ τῆς τοῦ δευτέρου διακονίας τε καὶ μεσιτείας κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστῳ ἐφικτὸν ἐμπαρέχειν· ὧν τὰ τέλεια καὶ ἄκρως ἅγια τῷ τρίτῳ μὲν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ἄρχοντι δὲ καὶ ἡγουμένῳ τῶν μετέπειτα, διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπικομιζομένῳ δεδωρῆ7.15.10 σθαι. ἔνθεν οἱ πάντες Ἑβραίων θεολόγοι μετὰ τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν καὶ μετὰ τὴν πρωτότοκον αὐτοῦ σοφίαν τὴν τρίτην καὶ ἁγίαν δύναμιν, ἅγιον πνεῦμα προσειπόντες, ἀποθειάζουσιν, ὑφ' οὗ καὶ ἐφωτίζοντο θεοφορού7.15.11 μενοι. ἑξῆς δὲ οὐρανῷ καὶ ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ «ἀστέρα» φασὶν «ἀστέρος διαφέρειν ἐν δόξῃ.» θνητῇ μὲν οὖν φύσει οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμὸν ἄστρων δυνατὸν εὑρεῖν, πλὴν ἀλλὰ τὸν παμβασιλέα θεὸν τὰ Ἑβραίων φασὶ λόγια καὶ τῆς κατ' οὐρανὸν στρατιᾶς τὰ πλήθη καὶ τὰς προσηγορίας μὴ ἀγνοεῖν· διὸ παρ' αὐτοῖς λέγεσθαι· «ὁ ἀριθμῶν πλήθη ἄστρων καὶ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα καλῶν». οὕτω δὴ μετὰ τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐν
the ungenerated beginning of all things, being the source of all goods and of divinity and of life together and of light and the cause of every virtue, and being the first of the first and the beginning of beginnings, or rather beyond beginning and first and every expressible and comprehensible conception, communicates all things, as many as it has encompassed in ineffable powers, to the first offspring alone, as to the only one capable of receiving and containing the abundance of the father of goods, which is not attainable or containable for the others. And it provides in part to those worthy in part through the service and mediation of the second, according to what is attainable for each; of these, the perfect and most holy things have been gifted to the third, which is from itself a ruler and leader of those after it, receiving through the son what comes from the father. Hence all the theologians of the Hebrews, after the God over all and after his firstborn wisdom, deify the third and holy power, calling it holy spirit, by which they were inspired and illuminated. Next, concerning heaven and sun and moon, they say "star differs from star in glory." Now for mortal nature it is not possible to find the number of stars, but nevertheless the oracles of the Hebrews say that the all-king God is not ignorant of the multitudes and the names of the heavenly host; therefore it is said among them: "the one who numbers the multitudes of stars and calls them all by name." Thus after the first of the
ἀσωμάτοις δυνάμεσιν ἐπινοουμένων ἄστρων, φωτὸς νοεροῦ δυνάμει τε καὶ οὐσίᾳ διαπρεπόντων, πολλή τις καὶ ἡμῖν ἀπερινόητος διαφορὰ τυγχάνει ἀνήριθμά τε φῦλα καὶ γένη, ἀλλ' οὐ καὶ τῷ τῶν ὅλων ποιητῇ. διὸ καὶ τὸ καταληπτὸν αὐτῶν μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ παριστάς τις θεολόγων φησί· «Μύριαι μυριάδες ἐλειτούργουν αὐτῷ καὶ χίλιαι χιλιάδες παρειστήκεισαν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ,» διὰ μὲν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ δηλῶν τὸ τῷ θεῷ καταληπτὸν αὐτῶν, διὰ δὲ τοῦ ποσοῦ τὸ ἡμῖν ἄπειρον· παρ' ὃ καὶ εἰώθαμεν ὀνομάζειν καθ' ὑπερβολῆς ἔμφασιν τὰ πολλὰ καὶ ἄπειρα μυρία. ἄλλος δέ τις προφήτης περὶ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῶν διεξιὼν ὧδέ πως τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν ἁπάντων θεολογεῖ, φάσκων· «Κύριε ὁ θεός μου, ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθης σφόδρα, ἐξομολόγησιν καὶ μεγαλοπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσω, ἀναβαλλόμενος φῶς ὡς ἱμάτιον, ἐκτείνων τὸν οὐρανὸν ὡσεὶ δέρριν· ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα.» μή τοι νομίσῃς τοῦ παρ' ἡμῖν θνητοῦ καὶ γεώδους πυρὸς οὐσίας μετέχειν τὰ δηλούμενα μηδέ γε τῶν ἐξ ἀλόγου φύσεως ἀέρος πνευμάτων·
incorporeal powers by which stars are conceived, distinguished in power and substance by intelligible light, there is for us a great and inconceivable difference, and countless tribes and kinds, but not for the maker of all things. Therefore, one of the theologians, presenting that their comprehension belongs to God alone, says: "Countless myriads served him, and thousands of thousands stood before him," indicating by the number their comprehensibility to God, and by the quantity their infinity to us; for which reason we are accustomed to call many and infinite things 'myriad' by way of hyperbole. Another prophet, discoursing about their substance, theologizes about the maker of all things somewhat as follows, saying: "Lord my God, how greatly you have magnified yourself, you have put on confession and magnificence, wrapping yourself in light as a garment, stretching out the heaven like a tent; making his angels spirits and his ministers a flame of fire." Do not think that the things indicated partake of the substance of the mortal and earthly fire among us, nor of the spirits of irrational nature from the air.
ἀλλ' οἷόν περ καὶ αὐτὸν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν θεόν, ἀσώματον μὲν καὶ ἄϋλον καὶ αὐτόνουν, μᾶλλον δὲ ὑπὲρ νοῦν καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντα λόγον ὄντα τὴν φύσιν, τροπικώτερον δὲ καὶ πνεῦμα καὶ πῦρ καὶ φῶς καὶ ἄλλαις τισὶ προσηγορίαις θνηταῖς ἀκοαῖς καταλλήλοις ὀνομαζό μενον, ἀγγέλους δῆτα καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους καὶ πνεύματα καὶ θείας δυνάμεις καὶ στρατιὰς οὐρανίους ἀρχάς τε καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ θρόνους καὶ κυριότητας, ὡς ἂν μυρίους ἐπὶ μυρίοις ἀστέρας τε καὶ φωστῆρας τὰς νοερὰς καὶ λογικὰς οὐσίας οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι προσειπόντες, ἄρχειν ἁπάντων καὶ ἐπιστατεῖν τὸν τῆς «δικαιοσύνης» φασὶν «ἥλιον» καὶ τὸ τούτου σύζυγον ἅγιον πνεῦμα. τὰ δὲ πάντα ἀθρόως αὐτῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νοερά τε ζῷα καὶ λογικὰ σὺν καὶ τοῖς κατ' οὐρανὸν φαινομένοις οὐρανόν τε αὐτὸν καὶ ὅσα ἔνδον οὗτος ἐν αὑτῷ περιλαβὼν ἔχει, μόνῳ τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ, τῷ διὰ πάντων καὶ ἐν πᾶσι παμβασιλεῖ καὶ πανηγεμόνι καὶ αἰτίῳ τῶν ὅλων, ὡς ἂν δημιουργῷ πάντων ποιητῇ τε καὶ φροντιστῇ τὸν πρέποντα ὕμνον καὶ τὴν προσήκουσαν θεολογίαν ἡ θεία καὶ προφητικὴ γραφὴ νέμειν παρακελεύεται, φάσκουσα· «Αἰνεῖτε τὸν θεὸν ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν πάντα τὰ ἄστρα καὶ τὸ φῶς, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν οἱ οὐρανοὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ τὰ ὕδατα τὰ ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν αἰνεσάτωσαν τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπε, καὶ ἐγενήθησαν, αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο, καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν.
but as they also name God himself, incorporeal and immaterial and self-intellect, or rather beyond intellect and beyond all reason in nature, and more figuratively also called spirit and fire and light and by certain other appellations suitable for mortal ears, angels indeed and archangels and spirits and divine powers and heavenly hosts, and principalities and authorities and thrones and dominions, as if countless myriads of stars and luminaries, the intelligible and rational substances which the divine words have named, they say that the "sun of righteousness" and its consort the holy spirit rule over all and preside. And all things together, son and holy spirit, both intelligible and rational living beings together with the visible things in heaven, heaven itself and all that it contains within itself, to the one God over all, the king and ruler through all and in all, the cause of all, as creator and maker and provider of all, the divine and prophetic scripture commands to offer the appropriate hymn and fitting theology, saying: "Praise God from the heavens, praise him in the highest, praise him all his angels, praise him all his powers, praise him sun and moon, praise him all the stars and the light, praise him the heavens of heavens, and let the waters above the heavens praise the name of the Lord, for he spoke, and they came to be, he commanded, and they were created.
ἔστησεν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος, πρόσταγμα ἔθετο, καὶ οὐ παρελεύσεται.» Τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ παρ' Ἑβραίων δόγματα, ἃ τῆς Ἑλλήνων πολυθέου καὶ δαιμονικῆς πλάνης προτετιμήκαμεν, θείας μὲν δυνάμεις ὑπηρετικὰς τοῦ παμβασιλέως θεοῦ καὶ λειτουργικὰς εἰδότες καὶ κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον τιμῶντες, μόνον δὲ θεὸν ὁμολογοῦντες καὶ μόνον ἐκεῖνον σέβοντες, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸς οὐρανὸς καὶ τὰ κατ' οὐρανὸν ἅπαντα τά τε ἐπέκεινα οὐρανοῦ σέβειν καὶ ὑμνεῖν καὶ θεολογεῖν ἐδιδάχθη· ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πρωτότοκος τῶν ὅλων, ἡ πάντων ἀρχή, τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα μόνον ἡγεῖσθαι θεὸν ἀληθῆ καὶ μόνον σέβειν ἡμῖν παρακελεύεται.
ι ʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΑΝΤΙΚΕΙΜΕΝΩΝ ΔΥΝΑΜΕΩΝ Ἕπεται καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐναντίας δυνάμεως τίνα ποτὲ τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια παραδίδωσιν ἐπισκέψασθαι. τὰς μὲν οὖν θείας δυνάμεις, νεύματι τοῦ πατρὸς τῷ σύμπαντι ἐφεστώσας κόσμῳ, τά τε «λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα εἰς διακονίαν
ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν» τούς τε ἱεροὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους πᾶσάν τε τὴν διάκονον τῶν ἀγαθῶν νοερὰν οὐσίαν, φωτεινὴν οὖσαν καὶ πάντων ὑπηρέτιν τῶν εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐκ θεοῦ δωρουμένων ἀγαθῶν, τὸν παμβασιλέα πάντων δορυφορεῖν θεὸν κἄπειτα, τῶν κατ' οὐρανὸν δίκην ἄστρων, τὸν «ἥλιον» τῆς «δικαιοσύνης» καὶ τὸ σύζυγον αὐτῷ ἅγιον πνεῦμα περιπολεῖν τῆς τε τούτων χορηγίας τοῦ φωτὸς ἀπολαύειν, διὸ καὶ φωστῆρσι τοῖς κατ' οὐρανὸν εἰκότως παραβάλ7.16.2 λεσθαι·
he set them for eternity and for the eternity of eternity, he established a decree, and it shall not pass away." Such are the doctrines of the Hebrews, which we have preferred to the polytheistic and demonic error of the Greeks, knowing and honoring as is fitting the divine powers that are servitors and ministers of the all-king God, but confessing and worshipping only that one God, whom heaven itself and all things in heaven and beyond heaven have been taught to revere, hymn, and theologize; for even the only-begotten of God and firstborn of all, the beginning of all things, commands us to consider his own father alone as true God and to worship only him.
10. CONCERNING THE OPPOSING POWERS. It follows next to examine what the oracles of the Hebrews transmit concerning the opposing power. Now the divine powers, which by the nod of the father preside over the entire cosmos, and the "ministering spirits sent for service for the sake of those who are to inherit salvation," and the holy angels of God and archangels, and the entire ministering intellectual substance of good things, which is luminous and the servant of all goods bestowed from God upon men, attend the all-king God as his bodyguard; and then, like the stars in heaven, the "sun" of "righteousness" and its consort, the holy spirit, revolve around him, enjoying the light of their chorus, and are therefore fittingly compared to the luminaries in heaven.
τὴν δὲ ἐκ τούτων παρατετραμμένην καὶ τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων χορείας δι' οἰκείαν φαυλότητα στερομένην σκότος τε ἀντὶ φωτὸς ἀλλαξαμένην ἔμπαλιν ἢ τὰ πρῶτα ταῖς ἁρμοττούσαις τῇ τοῦ τρόπου μοχθηρίᾳ προσηγορίαις ὀνομάζει. τὸν γοῦν κατάρξαντα τῆς πτώσεως, αὑτῷ τε καὶ ἑτέροις τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων ἀποστασίας γενόμενον αἴτιον, ὡς ἂν διόλου χαμαὶ τῆς τῶν θειοτέρων εὐσεβείας ἐκπεπτωκότα καὶ κακίας μὲν ἰοῦ καὶ δυσσεβείας αὐτὸν αὑτῷ δημιουργὸν ὑποστάντα, σκότους δὲ καὶ ἀλογίας ποιητὴν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ φωτὸς αὐθεκουσίου ἀναχωρήσεως γεγονότα, δράκοντα καὶ ὄφιν μέλανά τε καὶ ἑρπυστικόν, ἰοῦ θανατηφόρου γεννητικὸν θῆρά τε ἄγριον καὶ ἀνθρωποβόρον λέοντα καὶ πάλιν τὸν ἐν ἑρπετοῖς βασιλίσκον ἀπο7.16.4 καλεῖν εἴωθεν. ὑπόθεσιν δ' αὐτῷ φασιν οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι γεγονέναι τῆς ἀποπτώσεως μανίαν φρενῶν καὶ διανοίας ἔκστασιν, ὧδέ πως ὁμοῦ τὴν πτῶσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν φρενοβλάβειαν διηγούμενοι· «Πῶς ἐξέπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁ ἑωσφόρος, ὁ πρωῒ ἀνατέλλων; συνετρίβη ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὁ ἀποστέλλων πρὸς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. σὺ δὲ εἶπας ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ σου· εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι, ἐπάνω τῶν ἄστρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ θήσω τὸν θρόνον μου, ἔσομαι ὅμοιος τῷ ὑψίστῳ.» καὶ πάλιν· «Τάδε λέγει κύριος, κύριος, ἀνθ' ὧν ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία σου καὶ εἶπας· θεός εἰμι ἐγώ, κατοικίαν θεοῦ κατῴκηκα.» καὶ αὖθις· «Σὺ ἀποσφράγισμα ὁμοιώσεως καὶ στέφανος κάλλους, ἐν τῇ τρυφῇ τοῦ παραδεί7.16.6 σου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγενήθης, πάντα λίθον χρηστὸν ἐνδέδεσαι» καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. οἷς ἐπιλέγει·
The one who has been perverted from these and, through his own baseness, has been deprived of the chorus of the better, and has exchanged darkness for light, he names, contrary to the first, with appellations suited to the depravity of his character. For example, the one who began the fall, becoming the cause of apostasy from the better for himself and others, as one who has utterly fallen from piety toward the diviner things and has made himself the creator of the venom of evil and impiety, and has become a maker of darkness and irrationality from his voluntary withdrawal from light, he is accustomed to call a dragon and a serpent, black and creeping, generative of deadly venom, a wild beast and man-eating lion, and again the basilisk among reptiles. And the divine words say that the cause of his fall was madness of mind and derangement of thought, relating his fall and his mental injury somewhat as follows: "How did the morning star, which rises early, fall from heaven? The one who sends to all nations was crushed upon the earth. But you said in your mind: I will ascend to heaven, I will place my throne above the stars of heaven, I will be like the Most High." And again: "Thus says the Lord, the Lord: Because your heart was lifted up and you said, I am God, I have dwelt in the dwelling of God." And again: "You are the seal of likeness and the crown of beauty, you were born in the delight of the paradise of God, you are adorned with every precious stone," and so forth. To which he adds:
«Ἐν ὄρει ἁγίῳ θεοῦ ἐγενήθης, ἐν μέσῳ λίθων πυρίνων ἐγενήθης, ἄμωμος σὺ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις σου, ἀφ' ἧς ἡμέρας σὺ ἐκτίσθης, ἕως εὑρέθη τὰ ἀδικήματα ἐν σοί. ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία σου ἐπὶ τῷ κάλλει σου, διεφθάρη ἡ ἐπιστήμη σου μετὰ τοῦ κάλλους σου, διὰ πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν σου ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἔρριψά σε.» Διὰ δὴ τούτων ἄντικρυς τὴν μετὰ τῶν θειοτέρων δυνάμεων προτέραν τοῦ δηλουμένου διατριβὴν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν κρειττόνων δι' οἰκείαν μεγαλαυχίαν καὶ θεομαχίαν ἀπόπτωσιν μεμαθήκαμεν. μυρίον δέ ἐστιν ἄλλο γένος ὑπὸ τούτῳ τοῖς παραπλησίοις ἔνοχον πλημμελήμασιν, ὃ τῆς δυσσεβείας χάριν τῆς τῶν εὐσεβῶν ἀποπεσὸν λήξεως ἀντὶ τῆς πάλαι φωτοειδοῦς καὶ θειοτέρας περιβολῆς τῆς τε ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις τιμῆς καὶ τῆς ἐν μακαρίοις καὶ ἀγγελικοῖς χοροῖς διατριβῆς τὸν ἐφαρμόζοντα τοῖς δυσσεβέσι χῶρον κρίσει δικαίᾳ καὶ ἀποφάσει τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ Τάρταρον οἰκεῖν, ὃν ἄβυσσον οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι προσαγορεύουσι, καὶ σκότος οὐ τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν, τὸ δ' ὑπὸ τῶν θείων λογίων δηλούμενον ἀντικατηλλάξατο. ὧν βραχύ τι καὶ μικρὸν ἀπόσπασμα, γυμνασίου χάριν τῶν εὐσεβείας ἀθλητῶν ἀμφὶ γῆν καὶ τὸν ὑπὸ σελήνην ἀέρα καταλειφθέν, τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις πολυθέου πλάνης κατ' οὐδὲν ἀθεότητος διαφερούσης συναίτιον γέγονε. τέθειται δὲ καὶ τούτοις ἡ θεία γραφὴ προσφυεῖς τὰς προσηγορίας, γυμνότερον μέν, ὅτε πνεύματα πονηρὰ καὶ δαίμονας ἀρχάς τε καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ κοσμοκράτορας καὶ πνευματικὰ πονηρίας ἐπονομάζει, συμβολικῶς δέ, ὅτε τὸν θεοφιλῆ παρορμᾷ μηδὲν δεδίττεσθαι τὸ τῶν πολεμίων δαιμόνων στῖφος, δι' ὧν φησιν·
On a holy mountain of God you were born, in the midst of fiery stones you were born, you were blameless in your days, from the day you were created until wrongdoings were found in you. Your heart was lifted up at your beauty, your knowledge was corrupted along with your beauty; because of the multitude of your sins I cast you down to the earth. Through these words we have clearly learned of the earlier sojourn of the being in question among the more divine powers and its fall from the better ones due to its own arrogance and rebellion against God. There is also another countless class subject to this one, guilty of similar offenses, which, because of its impiety, having fallen from the company of the pious, instead of its former luminous and more divine covering, its honor in the royal courts, and its sojourn among blessed and angelic choirs, now dwells by just judgment and decree of the great God in the place befitting the impious, Tartarus, which the divine words call the abyss, and has exchanged darkness—not that among us, but that indicated by the divine oracles. A small and slight fragment of these, left behind for the sake of training the athletes of piety around the earth and the air beneath the moon, has become co-responsible for the polytheistic error among men, which differs in no way from atheism. Holy Scripture has also assigned fitting names to these, more plainly when it calls them evil spirits and demons, principalities and powers, world-rulers and spiritual evils, and symbolically when it urges the friend of God to fear nothing from the throng of hostile demons, through the words:
«Ἐπ' ἀσπίδα καὶ βασιλίσκον ἐπιβήσῃ, καὶ καταπατήσεις λέοντα καὶ δράκοντα.» δεῖγμα δὲ τούτων τῆς θεοεχθρίας τὸ θέλειν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς θεοὺς ἀναγορεύεσθαι καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ θεῷ τιμὰς εἰς
ἑαυτοὺς ὑφαρπάζειν μαντείαις τε πειρᾶσθαι καὶ χρησμοῖς, ὥσπερ τισὶ θελγήτροις καὶ προβολίοις, τοὺς εὐχερεῖς δελεάζειν καὶ τῆς μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν ἀνανεύσεως ἀποσπᾶν, κατασύρειν δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν πανώλεθρον τῆς δυσσεβοῦς καὶ ἀθέου δεισιδαιμονίας βυθόν· διὸ προτροπάδην φεύγειν αὐτῶν τὰς ἀπάτας μόνοις Ἑβραίοις ἄνωθεν ἐξ αἰῶνος ἐσπουδάζετο διαρρήδην παιδεύουσιν, ὅτι «πάντες οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δαι7.16.11 μόνια». νυνὶ δέ, σὺν θεῷ φάναι, διὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας πάντα τὰ πανταχόθεν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔθνη, δεσμῶν δαιμονικῶν ἀπηλλαγμένα, τὸν θεὸν ἀνυμνεῖ, ὃν δὴ καὶ μόνον ὑπάρχειν σωτῆρα καὶ βασιλέα καὶ θεὸν τῶν ὅλων μεμαθήκαμεν.
ιζʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΤΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΥ ΦΥΣΕΩΣ Κἀνταῦθα πάλιν ἡ μὲν τῶν Φοινίκων καὶ Αἰγυπτίων ζῳογονία αὐτόματον εἰσῆγε τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἁπάντων ζῴων τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων τὴν γένεσιν, μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁμοίως φύσιν συντυχικῶς ἀπὸ γῆς προελθεῖν διαγράφουσα κατ' οὐδέν τε τὴν ἄλογον διαφέρειν τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς τε καὶ οὐσίας ὑποτιθε7.17.2 μένη. ταῦτα γοῦν ἐδήλουν αἱ προπαρατεθεῖσαι τῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς συγγραφέων λέξεις. παῖδες δὲ πάλιν Ἑβραίων εἰκότως ἡμῖν προτετίμηνται, τὰ περὶ τῆς πρώτης ἀνθρώπων συστάσεως παγκάλως καὶ σοφῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς διειλη7.17.3 φότες·
You will tread upon the asp and the basilisk, and you will trample the lion and the dragon. A proof of this hostility toward God is their desire to proclaim themselves gods and to usurp for themselves the honors due to God, and to attempt by means of oracles and prophecies, as with certain charms and missiles, to entice the credulous and to draw them away from the ascent to the God of the universe, and to drag them down into the utterly destructive depth of impious and atheistic superstition. Therefore, from the beginning, for all time, it was earnestly sought by the Hebrews alone to flee headlong from their deceptions, as they explicitly teach that "all the gods of the nations are demons." But now, if one may say so with God, through the evangelical teaching of our Savior, all the nations of the inhabited world everywhere, freed from demonic bonds, hymn the God whom we have learned alone exists as savior, king, and God of the universe.
17. CONCERNING THE NATURE OF MAN. Here again, the zoogony of the Phoenicians and Egyptians introduced the spontaneous generation of all things on earth, both animals and men, describing one and the same nature as having come forth by chance from the earth, and positing that the irrational differs in no way from the rational soul and substance. This, at any rate, was shown by the previously cited passages from their writers. But the children of the Hebrews have again been rightly preferred by us, having treated the matter of the first formation of men in a manner that is altogether beautiful, wise, and true.
ὅτι δὴ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν τὸ μέν τι φασὶ θεῖον εἶναι καὶ ἀθάνατον, ἄσαρκον τὴν φύσιν καὶ ἀσώματον, τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ τυγχάνειν ἄνθρωπον κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ καὶ ὁμοίωσιν γεγενημένον, εἶναι δὲ αὐτὸν ἔργον θεοῦ, ἀλλ' οὐ τύχης οὐδ' αὐτομάτου φύσεως, αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου, κρίσει θείᾳ βεβουλημένου μηδὲ τὰ κατὰ γῆν νοερᾶς καὶ λογικῆς οὐσίας ἀμοιρεῖν, ὅπως διὰ πάντων αὐτῷ οὐρανίων τε καὶ αἰθερίων τῶν τε ἐπὶ γῆς λογικῶν καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ θειότητος ἀντιληπτικῶν ὁ προσήκων ὕμνος ἀναπέμποιτο. οὕτω δ' οὖν περιέχει τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια· «Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ' εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν· καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν.» καὶ πάλιν· «Καὶ ἔλαβεν ὁ θεὸς χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἔπλασε τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ ἐνεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν.» καὶ ταῦτα δὲ πάλιν ὁ Ἑβραῖος ἑρμηνεύει Φίλων, ταῖς ἐκτεθείσαις αὐτοῦ φωναῖς ἔτι καὶ τάδε ἐπιλέγων· «Ἀλλ' οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι, τῆς αἰθερίου φύσεως τὸν ἡμέτερον νοῦν μοῖραν εἰπόντες εἶναι, συγγένειαν τὴν ἀνθρώπου πρὸς αἰθέρα συνῆψαν. ὁ δὲ μέγας Μωσῆς οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγονότων τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς τὸ εἶδος ὡμοίωσεν, ἀλλ' εἶπεν αὐτὴν τοῦ θείου καὶ ἀοράτου πνεύματος ἐκείνου δόκιμον εἶναι νόμισμα, σημειωθὲν καὶ τυπωθὲν σφραγῖδι θεοῦ, ἧς ὁ χαρακτήρ ἐστιν ὁ ἀΐδιος λόγος. «ἐνέπνευσε», γάρ φησιν, «ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν», ὥστε ἀνάγκη πρὸς τὸν ἐκπέμποντα τὸν δεχόμενον ἀπεικονίζεσθαι.
They say that some part of us is divine and immortal, incorporeal in nature and bodiless, and that this is the true human being, made in the image and likeness of God, and that it is a work of God, not of chance or spontaneous nature, but of the very cause of all things, who by divine judgment willed that the regions of the earth should not lack intelligent and rational substance, so that through all things—heavenly, ethereal, and the rational beings on earth capable of apprehending his divinity—the proper hymn might be sent up. Thus the Hebrew oracles contain: "And God said, 'Let us make man in our image and likeness'; and God made man; he made him in the image of God." And again: "And God took dust from the earth and fashioned man and breathed into his face the breath of life, and man became a living soul." And again the Hebrew Philo interprets these things, adding to his own words already set forth the following: "But others, saying that our mind is a portion of the ethereal nature, have linked man's kinship to the aether. The great Moses, however, likened the form of the rational soul to none of the things that have come into being, but said that it is a genuine coin of that divine and invisible spirit, marked and stamped with the seal of God, whose character is the eternal Word. For he says, 'God breathed into his face the breath of life, and man became a living soul,' so that the receiver must necessarily be imaged after the sender.
διὸ καὶ λέγεται κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ τὸν ἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι, οὐ μὴν κατ' εἰκόνα τινὸς τῶν γεγονότων. ἀκόλουθον οὖν ἦν τῆς ἀνθρώπου ψυχῆς κατὰ τὸν ἀρχέτυπον τοῦ αἰτίου λόγον ἀπεικονισθείσης καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀνεγερθὲν πρὸς τὴν καθαρωτάτην τοῦ παντὸς μοῖραν, οὐρανόν, τὰς ὄψεις ἀνατεῖναι.» Ταῦτα μὲν οὗτος. εἰκότως δῆτα καὶ ἡ θεία γραφὴ οὐχ ὡς τὰ λοιπὰ ζῷα γεγονέναι τὸν ἄνθρωπόν φησι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ γῆς προελθεῖν ἑνὶ κελεύσματι τοῦ παμβασιλέως, τὰ δ' ἐκ τῆς ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας ἀναπτῆναι πάλιν αὐτοῦ νεύματι· μόνον δὲ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ζῴων τὸ θεοφιλέστατον, ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν τὴν ψυχὴν γεγονέναι· παρ' ὃ καὶ ὁρᾶσθαι ἀρχικὸν καὶ βασιλικὸν τὴν φύσιν μόνον τε τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς εἶναι λογικὸν καὶ δημιουργικὸν καὶ κριτικὸν καὶ
νομοθετικὸν τεχνῶν τε καὶ ἐπιστημῶν καταληπτικόν· εἶναι γὰρ μόνην τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ ψυχὴν νοερὰν καὶ λογικὴν οὐσίαν, ἧς μὴ μετεῖναι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπὶ γῆς ζῴοις. διὸ τὰ μὲν θητεύειν καὶ χώραν οἰκετῶν παρέχειν ἀνθρώπῳ, τὸν δὲ οἷα δεσπότην καὶ ἡγεμόνα δουλοῦσθαι καὶ ὑποτάττειν τὰ ῥώμῃ μὲν σώματος πολὺ κρείττονα, μείονα δὲ τῇ κατὰ τὴν νοερὰν οὐσίαν στερήσει. τοῦτον μὲν οὖν κατ' εἰκόνα φασὶ θεοῦ καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μετά τινος διαφερούσης ὑπεροχῆς ὑποστῆναι. διὸ καὶ θεοῦ ἐννοίας εἰς φαντασίαν ἰέναι σοφίας τε καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς ἀντιλήψεις ποιεῖσθαι δρόμους τε ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων ἡμερῶν τε καὶ ὡρῶν κύκλους ἀπαριθμεῖσθαι δυνατῶς ἔχειν, τῆς πρὸς τὰ ἄνω συγγενείας χάριν, ἣν θνητῶν μόνος ἄνθρωπος ἐπιδείκνυται.
Therefore it is said that man was made in the image of God, and not in the image of any created thing. It was fitting, then, that when the human soul was modeled after the archetypal reason of the cause, the body also should be raised toward the purest part of the universe, the heaven, and direct its gaze upward. So says this author. And fittingly indeed does divine scripture say that man was not made like the other animals; for the others came forth from the earth at a single command of the universal king, or flew up from the watery substance again at his nod; but only the most God-beloved of the creatures on earth, ourselves, were made in the image of God and in likeness as to the soul. Hence man is seen to be by nature ruling and kingly, and alone among earthly beings to be rational, creative, critical, legislative, and capable of comprehending arts and sciences; for the soul in man alone is an intellectual and rational substance, which the other creatures on earth do not share. Therefore the latter serve and provide the place of servants to man, while man, as master and leader, enslaves and subdues those far superior in bodily strength but inferior through deprivation of intellectual substance. This man, then, they say was brought into being in the image and likeness of God by God himself with some surpassing preeminence. Hence he is able to form conceptions of God, to grasp wisdom and justice and every virtue, and to count the courses of the sun, moon, and stars and the cycles of days and hours, by reason of his kinship with the higher realm, which alone among mortals man displays.
τὸ δὲ τούτῳ περιπεπλασμένον ἔξωθεν ἑτερογενὲς μὲν ὑπάρχειν τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ γηγενές, εἶναι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ θεοῦ ἔργον ἀπὸ γῆς ληφθὲν καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν ὑποστρέφον. διὸ καὶ χρῆναι τούτου μὲν ὅσα καὶ ἀλόγου θρέμματος τὸν δεσπότην ἠχθισμένου φροντίζειν ἄγειν τε πράως αὐτὸ καὶ τρέφειν οἷα δοῦλον, πρὸς ἀνθρωπείου βίου διακονίαν εὖ προσηνωμένον, τὸν δ' εἴσω δεσπότην, ὡς ἂν εὐγενῆ καὶ θεοῦ συγγενῆ τὴν φύσιν, ἐλευθερίοις τρόποις τιμᾶν, ἅτε καὶ πρὸς τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου τετιμημένον. λέγει δ' οὖν τὰ λόγια ὡς ἄρα τὴν πρώτην ἀνθρώπου φύσιν δυνάμεσι θείαις καὶ ὁμοιώσει θεοῦ κοσμήσας ὁ παμβασιλεὺς ἁρμόδιον οἷς ἐδωρήσατο τὴν πρώτην ἀπεκλήρωσε διατριβὴν τοῦ βίου ἐν ἀγαθῶν παραδείσῳ, χορείαις συγκαταλέξας θείαις. καὶ τὸν μὲν τάδε ἐν ἀρχαῖς οἷα πανάγαθον αὐτῷ δεδωρῆσθαι πατέρα, τὸν δ' αὐθεκουσίῳ αἱρέσει τῶν κρειττόνων ἀποπεσεῖν καὶ τὸν θνητὸν χῶρον ἀντικαταλλάξα7.18.9 σθαι θείας ἐντολῆς ὀλιγωρίᾳ. διὸ καὶ μάλιστα προσήκειν εὐσεβείας ἐν πρώτοις ἀντιποιεῖσθαι καὶ τὸ πρώτως πλημμεληθὲν δευτέροις αἰσίοις ἐπιδιορθοῦσθαι σπεύδειν τε ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν οἰκείων ἀναδρομήν τε καὶ ἀποκατάστασιν. εἶναι γὰρ τέλος ἀνθρώπου φύσεως οὐχ ὧδε ἐπὶ γῆς οὐδ' εἰς φθορὰν καταστρέφον καὶ ἀπώλειαν, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖσε ὅθεν καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἀπέσφηλε. διὸ χρῆναι τὸ καθαρὸν αὖθις καὶ τὸ θεοείκελον ἀνακτήσασθαι τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν νοερᾶς οὐσίας, ἐφ' ἣν προθυμητέον ἀνιέναι παντὶ σθένει πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εὐσεβείας καὶ ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελομένοις. Τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ περὶ ἀνθρώπου φύσεως Ἑβραίοις πεφιλοσοφημένα ἄνωθεν, πρὶν ἢ καὶ εἰς ἀνθρώπους παρελθεῖν Ἕλληνας·
The external substance moulded around this is of a different kind and earth-born, yet it too is a work of God, taken from earth and returning to it. Therefore one must care for this part, as for an irrational beast whose master is displeased, leading it gently and nourishing it like a slave, well-adapted for the service of human life; but the inner master, being noble and akin to God by nature, must be honoured with liberal ways, since it too has been honoured by the cause of all. The oracles say, then, that the universal king, having first adorned the nature of man with divine powers and the likeness of God, allotted to him, as befitting the gifts he had bestowed, the first abode of life in a paradise of goods, enrolling him among divine choirs. And that the Father gave him these things in the beginning as wholly good, but that he fell away by his own free choice from the better things and exchanged the mortal region for the divine commandment through neglect. Therefore it is especially fitting to cultivate piety first and to correct the original error by favourable second efforts, hastening towards the recovery and restoration of one’s own state. For the end of human nature is not here on earth, nor does it terminate in corruption and destruction, but there, whence the first man deviated. Hence one must recover again the pure and godlike element of the intellectual substance in us, towards which all men who care for piety and virtue must strive with all their might to ascend. Such are the things philosophized by the Hebrews concerning the nature of man from above, before the Greeks came among men.
οἳ χθιζοί τινες καὶ κομιδῇ νέοι ἀπὸ γῆς ἀνακύψαντες τά τε βαρβάρων ὑποσυλᾶν διανοηθέντες, καὶ τῶν παρ' Ἑβραίοις οὐκ ἀπέσχοντο, ὡς προϊὼν ὁ λόγος αὐτίκα μάλα ἐπιδείξει. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν δογμάτων ἴδιον ἦν τὸ ἕνα τῶν ἁπάντων ποιητὴν νομίζεσθαι τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν αὐτῆς τε τῆς ὑποκειμένης τοῖς σώμασιν οὐσίας, ἣν ὕλην Ἕλλησι προσαγορεύειν φίλον, τούτῳ δὲ μυρίοι βαρβάρων ὁμοῦ καὶ Ἑλλήνων ἐξ ἐναντίας ἔστησαν, οἱ μὲν κακίας πηγὴν τὴν ὕλην εἶναι ἀποφηνάμενοι ἀγένητόν τε ὑπάρχειν, οἱ δὲ τῇ μὲν οἰκείᾳ φύσει ἄποιον καὶ ἀσχημάτιστον, τῇ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμει τὸν κόσμον αὐταῖς ποιότησι προσειληφέναι, δεικτέον ὡς πολὺ κρεῖττον ἡ Ἑβραίων ἐπέχει δόξα, μετ' ἀποδείξεως λογικῆς παρισταμένη τῷ προβλήματι καὶ τὸν ἐναντίον λογισμοῖς ὀρθοῖς ἀποσκευαζομένη λόγον. θήσω δὲ οὐκ ἐμὰς φωνάς, τῶν δὲ πρόσθεν ἡμῶν τὸ δόγμα διηκριβωκότων, καὶ πρώτου γε Διονυσίου, ὃς ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν Πρὸς Σαβέλλιον αὐτῷ γεγυμνασμένων τάδε περὶ τοῦ προκειμένου γράφει· ιηʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΜΗ ΑΓΕΝΗΤΟΝ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΤΗΝ ΥΛΗΝ «Οὐδ' ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ὅσιοι οἱ τὴν ὕλην ὡς ἀγένητον ὑποχείριον εἰς διακόσμησιν διδόντες τῷ θεῷ· παθητὴν γὰρ αὐτὴν καὶ τρεπτὴν ὑπάρχουσαν εἴκειν ταῖς θεοποιήτοις ἀλλοιώσεσι. καὶ πόθεν γὰρ ὑπάρχει τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῇ ὕλῃ τό τε ὅμοιον καὶ τὸ ἀνόμοιον, διασαφείτωσαν. ἑκατέρου γὰρ δεῖ τινα
Some who are but of yesterday and quite new, having sprung up from the earth, and having conceived the idea of plundering the doctrines of the barbarians, have not even spared those of the Hebrews, as the argument will presently show. But since it was a peculiarity of Hebrew teaching to consider the one God over all as the maker of all things, and also of the substance underlying bodies, which the Greeks are wont to call matter, and since countless barbarians and Greeks alike have taken the opposite side—some declaring matter to be the source of evil and ungenerated, others that it is in its own nature without quality and without form, but that by the power of God the world has received it together with its qualities—it must be shown how much better the opinion of the Hebrews is, as it is presented with logical demonstration in the problem and refutes the contrary argument by right reasoning. I shall set forth not my own words, but those of men before us who have accurately examined the doctrine, and first of all Dionysius, who in the first book of his works against Sabellius writes as follows concerning the subject: 18. That matter is not ungenerated. "For not even those are pious who give matter as ungenerated and subordinate to God for the purpose of ordering it; for it is passive and changeable, yielding to the divinely wrought alterations. And let them explain how there can be anything similar or dissimilar between God and matter. For there must be some
ἐπινοῆσαι κρείττονα, ὃ μηδὲ θεμιτὸν ἐννοῆσαι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ. τό τε γὰρ ἀγένητον, ὅμοιον ἐν ἀμφοτέροις λεγόμενον καὶ ἕτερον νοούμενον παρ' ἑκάτερον, πόθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο; εἰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοαγένητόν ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς καὶ οὐσία ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, ἡ ἀγενησία, οὐκ ἂν ἀγένητον εἴη ἡ ὕλη οὐ γὰρ ταὐτόν ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἡ ὕλη· εἰ δὲ ἑκάτερον μέν ἐστιν ὅπερ ἐστίν, ἡ ὕλη καὶ ὁ θεός, πρόσεστι δὲ ἀμφοτέροις τὸ ἀγένητον, δῆλον ὡς ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἑκατέρου καὶ ἀμφοτέρων πρεσβύτερόν τε καὶ ἀνωτέρω. ἀνατρεπτικὴ δὲ παντελῶς καὶ τοῦ ταῦτα συνυπάρχειν, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῦ τὸ ἕτερον αὐτῶν, τὴν ὕλην, ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς ὑπάρχειν, καὶ ἡ τῆς ἐναντίας ἕξεως διαφορά. εἰπάτωσαν γὰρ τὴν αἰτίαν, δι' ἥν, ἀμφοτέρων ὄντων ἀγενήτων, ὁ μὲν θεὸς ἀπαθής, ἄτρεπτος, ἀκίνητος, ἐργαστικός, ἡ δὲ τὰ ἐναντία παθητή, τρεπτή, ἄστατος, μεταποιουμένη. καὶ πῶς ἥρμοσαν καὶ συνέδραμον; πότερον κατὰ τὴν τῆς ὕλης φύσιν ἐξοικειώσας ἑαυτὸν ἐτεχνίτευσεν αὐτὴν ὁ θεός; ἀλλὰ τοῦτό γε ἄτοπον ὁμοίως ἀνθρώποις χρυσοχοεῖν καὶ λιθουργεῖν καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας τέχνας, ὅσαις ὕλαι μορφοῦσθαι καὶ τυποῦσθαι δύνανται, χειροκμητεῖν τὸν θεόν. εἰ δὲ οἵαν αὐτὸς ἐβούλετο κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σοφίαν ἐποίωσε τὴν ὕλην, τὸ πολύμορφον καὶ παμποίκιλον τῆς δημιουργίας ἑαυτοῦ σχῆμα καὶ τύπον ἐνσφραγιζόμενος αὐτῇ, καὶ εὔφημος καὶ ἀληθὴς οὗτος ὁ λόγος καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὴν ὑπόστασιν τῶν ὅλων, τὸν θεόν, ἀγένητον εἶναι κρατύνει. τῷ γὰρ εἶναι ἀγένητον ἅμα καὶ τό πως εἶναι προσῆψε. πολὺς μὲν οὖν καὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος, ἀλλ' οὐ νῦν ἡμῖν πρόκειται·
conceive of anything better, which it is not even lawful to conceive concerning God. For the term 'unbegotten,' being used alike in both cases but understood differently by each, whence did it arise in them? For if God is self-unbegotten and his essence is, as one might say, unbegottenness, then matter would not be unbegotten; for God and matter are not the same. But if each is what it is, matter and God, and the attribute 'unbegotten' belongs to both, it is clear that this attribute is something distinct from each and prior and superior to both. Moreover, the difference in their opposite qualities completely destroys the notion that they coexist, and even more so the notion that one of them, matter, exists by itself. For let them state the reason why, when both are unbegotten, God is impassible, immutable, unmoved, and active, while matter has the opposite qualities: passible, mutable, unstable, and transformable. And how did they harmonize and come together? Did God, by adapting himself to the nature of matter, work upon it as a craftsman? But this is absurd, making God work like men who work in gold and stone, and in the other arts where materials can be shaped and formed, as if by hand. But if, according to his own wisdom, he qualified matter as he wished, impressing upon it the manifold and variegated form and type of his own creation, then this account is both reverent and true, and moreover it confirms that the substance of all things, God, is unbegotten. For by being unbegotten, he also attached to it a certain mode of being. The argument against these men is extensive, but it is not our present task.
συγκρίσει δὲ τῇ πρὸς τοὺς ἀθεωτάτους πολυθέους εὐφημότεροι οὗτοι.» Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν Διονυσίου. καὶ τῶν Ὠριγένους δὲ ἄκουε· «Εἰ δέ τινι προσκόπτει διὰ τοὺς ἀνθρωπίνους τεχνίτας μὴ δύνασθαι παραδέξασθαι τὸν θεὸν χωρὶς ὕλης ἀγενήτου ὑποκειμένης κατασκευάζειν τὰ ὄντα, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ἀνδριαντοποιὸς χωρὶς χαλκοῦ τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον ποιῆσαι δύναται μηδὲ τέκτων χωρὶς ξύλων μηδὲ οἰκοδόμος χωρὶς λίθων, ζητητέον πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ δυνάμεως θεοῦ, εἰ θελήσας ὑποστῆσαι ὅ τι βούλεται ὁ θεός, τῆς θελήσεως αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἀπορουμένης οὐδὲ ἀτονούσης, οὐ δύναται ὑποστῆσαι ὃ βούλεται. ᾧ γὰρ λόγῳ τὰς ποιότητας κατὰ πάντας τοὺς πρόνοιαν εἰσάγοντας τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ οὐκ οὔσας ὡς βούλεται εἰς διακόσμησιν τοῦ παντὸς ὑφίστησι τῇ ἀφάτῳ αὐτοῦ δυνάμει καὶ σοφίᾳ, τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ὅσης χρῄζει ἱκανή ἐστιν αὐτοῦ ἡ βούλησις ποιῆσαι γενέσθαι. ἀπορήσομεν γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς οὐ βουλομένους ταῦθ' οὕτως ἔχειν, εἰ μὴ ἀκολουθεῖ αὐτοῖς εὐτυχηκέναι τὸν θεόν, ἀγένητον εὑρόντα τὴν οὐσίαν, ἣν εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀγένητον αὐτῷ ὑποβεβληκὸς ἦν, οὐδὲν ἔργον δυνατὸς ἦν ποιῆσαι, ἀλλ' ἔμενεν οὐ δημιουργός, οὐ πατήρ, οὐκ εὐεργέτης, οὐκ ἀγαθός, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν εὐλόγως λεγομένων περὶ θεοῦ. πόθεν δὲ καὶ τὸ μετρεῖν τῆς ὑποκειμένης οὐσίας τὸ τοσόνδε, ὡς διαρκέσαι τῇ τηλικούτου κόσμου ὑποστάσει; οἱονεὶ γὰρ πρόνοιά τις πρεσβυτέρα θεοῦ ἀναγκαίως τὴν ὕλην ἔσται ὑποβεβληκυῖα τῷ θεῷ, προνοουμένη τοῦ τὴν τέχνην τὴν ἐνυπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ μὴ κενοπαθῆσαι οὐκ οὔσης οὐσίας, ᾗ ὁμιλῆσαι δυνάμενος κατεκόσμησε τὸ τηλι κοῦτον κόσμου κάλλος.
In comparison with the most godless polytheists, these are more reverent." So much from Dionysius. And hear also from Origen: "But if someone is offended because human craftsmen cannot conceive of God constructing beings without pre-existing unbegotten matter, since neither a sculptor can make his work without bronze, nor a carpenter without wood, nor a builder without stones, we must inquire of him concerning the power of God: if God wills to bring into existence whatever he wishes, his will not being at a loss nor powerless, can he not bring into existence what he wills? For by the same reasoning by which, according to all who introduce providence, he brings into being the qualities, which do not exist in their own right, as he wishes for the ordering of the whole by his ineffable power and wisdom, by that same reasoning his will is able to cause the substance, of whatever quantity he needs, to come into being. For we shall argue against those who do not wish this to be so: does it not follow for them that God was fortunate to have found unbegotten substance, and that if the unbegotten had not been placed under him, he would have been able to do no work, but would have remained not a craftsman, not a father, not a benefactor, not good, nor anything else that is reasonably said of God? And whence also the measuring of the underlying substance to such an extent as to suffice for the subsistence of so great a cosmos? For, as it were, some providence older than God will necessarily have placed matter under God, taking forethought that the art inherent in him should not suffer in vain from the absence of substance with which he, being able to deal, adorned the beauty of so great a cosmos.
πόθεν δὲ καὶ δεκτικὴ γεγένηται πάσης ἧς βούλεται ὁ θεὸς ποιότητος, μὴ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἑαυτῷ τοσαύτην καὶ τοιαύτην ποιήσαντος ὁποίαν ἔχειν ἐβούλετο; καθ' ὑπόθεσιν γοῦν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸ ἀγένητον εἶναι τὴν ὕλην ταῦτα ἐροῦμεν πρὸς τοὺς τοῦτο βουλομένους· ὅτι εἰ προνοίας οὐχ ὑποβαλλούσης τὴν οὐσίαν τῷ θεῷ τοιαύτη γεγένηται, εἰ πρόνοια ἦν ὑφε7.20.7 στῶσα, τί ἂν πλέον πεποιήκει τοῦ αὐτομάτου; καὶ εἰ αὐτός, μὴ οὔσης ὕλης, ἐβούλετο κατασκευάσαι αὐτήν, τί ἂν πλέον ἡ σοφία καὶ ἡ θειότης αὐτοῦ πεποιήκει τοῦ ἐξ ἀγενήτου ὑποστάντος; εἰ γὰρ εὑρίσκεται ταὐτὸν γενόμενον ἂν ὑπὸ τῆς προνοίας, ὅπερ καὶ χωρὶς προνοίας ὑπέστη, διὰ τί οὐχὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κόσμου
ἀθετήσομεν τὸν δημιουργὸν καὶ τὸν τεχνίτην; ὥσπερ γὰρ ἄτοπον ἐπὶ τοῦ κόσμου εἰπεῖν οὕτως τεχνικῶς κατεσκευασμένου τὸ χωρὶς τεχνίτου σοφοῦ αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον γεγονέναι, οὕτως καὶ τὸ τὴν ὕλην, τοσαύτην καὶ τοιαύτην καὶ τοιούτως εἰκτικὴν τῷ τεχνίτῃ λόγῳ θεοῦ, ὑφεστηκέναι ἀγενήτως ἐπ' ἴσης ἐστὶν ἄλογον. πρὸς μέντοι γε τοὺς παραβάλλοντας ὅτι οὐδεὶς δημιουργὸς χωρὶς ὕλης ποιεῖ, λεκτέον ὅτι ἀνομοίως παραβάλλουσι. πρόνοια γὰρ παντὶ τεχνίτῃ ὑποβάλλει τὴν ὕλην ἀπὸ προτέρας τέχνης, ἢ ἀνθρωπίνης ἢ θείας, ἐρχομένην. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀρκέσει πρὸς τοὺς διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι «ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος» οἰομένους ἀγένητον εἶναι τὴν σωματικὴν φύσιν.» Τοσαῦτα καὶ οὗτος. καὶ ὁ Ἑβραῖος δὲ Φίλων ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῆς προνοίας ταῦτα περὶ τῆς ὕλης διέξεισι· «Περὶ δὲ τοῦ ποσοῦ τῆς οὐσίας, εἰ δὴ γέγονεν ὄντως, ἐκεῖνο λεκτέον·
From where, then, has matter become receptive of every quality that God wishes, unless God himself made it for himself of such a kind and quantity as he desired it to have? At any rate, accepting by hypothesis that matter is ungenerated, we will say this to those who hold this view: if, without providence supplying substance to God, matter has become such, what more would providence, if it existed, have done than what happened of itself? And if God himself, when matter did not exist, wished to construct it, what more would his wisdom and divinity have done than what subsisted from the ungenerated? For if what comes about through providence is found to be the same as what subsisted without providence, why should we not also reject the creator and craftsman in the case of the cosmos? For just as it is absurd to say of the cosmos, which is so skillfully constructed, that it came to be such without a wise craftsman, so too it is equally irrational for matter, which is so great and of such a kind and so receptive to the craftsman’s divine reason, to have subsisted ungenerated. In reply, however, to those who object that no craftsman works without matter, it must be said that they make an unequal comparison. For providence supplies matter to every craftsman from a prior art, whether human or divine, which comes from elsewhere. So much, then, will suffice for now against those who, because it is said, “and the earth was invisible and unformed,” suppose that the corporeal nature is ungenerated.” So much from him as well. And the Hebrew Philo, in his On Providence, discusses these matters concerning matter as follows: “Concerning the quantity of substance, whether it has indeed come to be, this must be said:
ἐστοχάσατο πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν ὁ θεὸς αὐταρκεστάτης ὕλης, ὡς μήτ' ἐνδέοι μήδ' ὑπερβάλλοι. καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπον ἦν τοὺς μὲν κατὰ μέρος τεχνίτας, ὁπότε τι δημιουργοῖεν καὶ μάλιστα τῶν πολυτελῶν, τὸ ἐν ὕλαις αὔταρκες σταθμήσασθαι, τὸν δ' ἀριθμοὺς καὶ μέτρα καὶ τὰς ἐν τούτοις ἰσότητας ἀνευρηκότα μὴ φροντίσαι τοῦ ἱκανοῦ. λέξω δὴ μετὰ παρρησίας ὅτι οὔτ' ἐλάττονος οὔτε πλείονος οὐσίας ἔδει τῷ κόσμῳ πρὸς κατασκευήν, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐγεγένητο τέλειος οὐδ' ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ὁλόκληρος, εὖ δὲ δεδημιουργημένος ἐκ τελείας οὐσίας ἀπετελέσθη. πανσόφου γὰρ τὴν τέχνην ἴδιον, πρὶν ἄρξασθαί τινος κατα7.21.3 σκευῆς, τὴν ἱκανὴν ἰδεῖν ὕλην. ἄνθρωπος μὲν οὖν κἂν εἰ τῶν ἄλλων τὴν ἐπιστήμην διαφέροι, μὴ δυνάμενος κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἐκφυγεῖν τὴν συγγενῆ τῶν θνητῶν πλάνην, ἀπατῷτο ἂν ἴσως περὶ τὴν ποσότητα τῆς ὕλης, ὁπότε τεχνιτεύοι, τοτὲ μὲν ὡς ἐλάττονι προστιθέναι, τοτὲ δὲ ὡς περιττῆς ἀφαιρεῖν· ὁ δὲ πηγή τις ὢν ἐπιστημῶν ἐνδέον ἢ περιττεῦον οὐδὲν ἔμελλεν ὑποβάλλεσθαι, μέτροις ἅτε χρώμενος εἰς ἀκρίβειαν ὑπερφυῶς πεπονημένοις ἅπασιν ἐπαινετοῖς. ὁ δὲ βουλόμενος ἄλλως ὑθλεῖν οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι καὶ τὰ πάντων ἔργα τῶν τεχνιτῶν ἀντία τιθέμενος, ὡς ἀμείνονος τῆς κατασκευῆς ἐπιλαχόντα προσθέσει τινὸς ἢ μειώσει τῶν ἐν ὕλαις; ἀλλὰ γὰρ σοφιστείας μὲν ἔργον εὑρεσιλογεῖν, σοφίας δὲ ἕκαστα διερευνᾶν τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει.» Καὶ τὰ μὲν τοῦ Φίλωνος τοῦτον ἐχέτω τὸν τρόπον. Μαξίμῳ δὲ τῆς Χριστοῦ διατριβῆς οὐκ ἀσήμῳ ἀνδρὶ καὶ λόγος οἰκεῖος συγγέγραπται ὁ Περὶ τῆς ὕλης.
God calculated for the generation of the cosmos a most self-sufficient matter, so that it neither fell short nor exceeded. For it would be absurd that craftsmen in their particular fields, whenever they create something and especially something costly, should measure out the sufficiency in materials, while he who discovered numbers and measures and the equalities in them should not have taken care of what is sufficient. I shall say with frankness that neither less nor more substance was needed for the construction of the cosmos, since it would not have been perfect nor complete in all its parts, and it was well crafted and completed from a perfect substance. For it is characteristic of all-wise art, before beginning any construction, to see the sufficient matter. Now a man, even if he surpasses others in knowledge, being unable entirely to escape the congenital error of mortals, might perhaps be deceived concerning the quantity of matter, when he practices his craft, sometimes adding as if it were too little, sometimes subtracting as if it were excessive; but he who is a kind of fountain of sciences was not going to admit anything deficient or superfluous, using measures that are extraordinarily precise and in all respects praiseworthy. But he who wishes to prate otherwise would not be able to set the works of all craftsmen in opposition, as if they had obtained a better construction by some addition or reduction of materials? For it is the work of sophistry to invent arguments, but of wisdom to investigate each thing in nature. And let the words of Philo be thus. To Maximus, a man not obscure in the school of Christ, a discourse of his own has been written, On Matter.
ἐξ οὗ μοι δοκῶ μέτρια χρησίμως παραθήσεσθαι εἰς ἀκριβῆ τοῦ προβλήματος ἔλεγχον·
ιθʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΑΓΕΝΗΤΟΣ Η ΥΛΗ ΜΗΔΕ ΚΑΚΩΝ ΑΙΤΙΑ «Ὅτι μὲν ἀδύνατον ὑπάρχειν ἀγένητα δύο ἅμα οὐδὲ σὲ ἀγνοεῖν νομίζω, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα δοκεῖς προλαβὼν τοῦτο προστεθεικέναι τῷ λόγῳ, τὸ πάντως ἐξ ἀνάγκης τὸ ἕτερον δεῖν λέγειν, ἢ ὅτι κεχώρισται τῆς ὕλης ὁ θεὸς ἢ αὖ πάλιν ὅτι ἀμέριστος αὐτῆς τυγχάνει. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡνῶσθαί τις αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν ἐθέλοι, ἓν τὸ ἀγένητον λέξει· ἑκάτερον γὰρ τούτων μέρος ἔσται τοῦ πλησίον· ἀλλήλων δὲ μέρη τυγχάνοντα οὐκ ἔσται ἀγένητα δύο, ὡς οὐδὲ διάφορα μέρη κατακερματίζομεν εἰς πολλὰ γενητά, ἀλλ' ἢ ὡς ὁ λόγος ἀπαιτεῖ, ἕν τι γενητὸν τὸν ἄνθρωπον πολυμερὲς πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι φαμέν. οὕτως ἀνάγκη, εἰ μὴ κεχώρισται τῆς ὕλης ὁ θεός, ἓν τὸ ἀγένητον εἶναι λέγειν. εἰ δὲ κεχωρίσθαι φήσει τις, ἀνάγκη εἶναί τι τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων, ὅπερ καὶ τὸν χωρισμὸν αὐτῶν δείκνυσιν. ἀδύνατον γὰρ ἐν διαστάσει ἐξετάζεσθαί τι ἀπό τινος, οὐκ ὄντος ἑτέρου καθ' ὃ ἡ διάστασις ἑκατέρου γίνεται. ὅπερ οὐ μέχρι τούτου ἵσταται καὶ μόνου, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείστων ὅσων. ὃν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν δύο ἀγενήτων εἴπομεν λόγον,
from which I think I will usefully set forth a moderate amount for a precise refutation of the problem.
9. THAT MATTER IS NOT UNGENERATED NOR THE CAUSE OF EVILS "That it is impossible for two ungenerated things to exist together, I think not even you are unaware, even though you seem to have anticipated this and added to the argument that one must necessarily say either that God is separated from matter or, on the other hand, that he is inseparable from it. If, then, one should wish to say that he is united with it, he will declare that the ungenerated is one; for each of these will be a part of the other. But being parts of each other, they will not be two ungenerated things, just as we do not divide different parts into many generated things, but rather, as reason demands, we say that man, a composite thing, has been made one generated thing by God. Thus, necessarily, if God is not separated from matter, one must say that the ungenerated is one. But if one should assert that he is separated, there must be something between both, which also shows their separation. For it is impossible for something to be examined as being at a distance from something else, if there is not another thing by which the distance of each occurs. And this does not stop only at this point, but extends to very many things. For the argument we stated concerning the two ungenerated things,
τοῦτον ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὁμοίως προχωρεῖν, εἰ τὰ ἀγένητα δοθείη τρία. καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτων ἐροίμην ἂν εἰ κεχώρισται ἀλλήλων ἢ αὖ πάλιν ἕκαστον ἥνωται τῷ πλησίον. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἡνῶσθαί τις εἰπεῖν ἐθέλοι, τὸν αὐτὸν ἀκούσει τῷ πρώτῳ λόγον· εἰ δ' αὖ πάλιν κεχωρίσθαι, οὐ φεύξεται τὴν ἐξ ἀνάγκης τοῦ χωρίζοντος ὑπόστα σιν. ἂν δὲ ἄρα τις καὶ τρίτον εἶναι λέξῃ λόγον ὡς ἁρμόζοντα περὶ τῶν ἀγενήτων λέγεσθαι, τουτέστι τὸ μὴ κεχωρίσθαι τῆς ὕλης τὸν θεὸν μήτ' αὖ πάλιν ὡς μέρει ἡνῶσθαι, εἶναι δὲ καθάπερ ἐν τόπῳ τῇ ὕλῃ τὸν θεὸν ἢ καὶ τὴν ὕλην ἐν τῷ θεῷ, τὸ συνέχον ἀκουέτω, ὅτι ἐὰν τόπον τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ὕλην εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνάγκης αὐτὸν καὶ χωρητὸν λέγειν δεῖ καὶ πρὸς τῆς ὕλης περιγραφόμενον. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ ὁμοίως αὐτὸν τῇ ὕλῃ ἀτάκτως φέρεσθαι, μὴ ἵστασθαί τε μηδὲ μένειν αὐτὸν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ ἀνάγκη, τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἐστὶν ἄλλοτ' ἄλλως φερομένου. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ ἐν χείροσι γεγονέναι τὸν θεὸν εἰπεῖν ἀνάγκη. εἰ γὰρ ἦν ποτε ἄκοσμος ἡ ὕλη, ἐκόσμησε δὲ αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον τρέψαι προαιρούμενος, ἦν ποτε ὅτε ἐν ἀκοσμήτοις ἦν ὁ θεός. δικαίως δ' ἂν καὶ τοῦτον ἐροίμην τὸν λόγον, πότερον ἐπλήρου τὴν ὕλην ὁ θεὸς ἢ ἐν μέρει τινὶ τῆς ὕλης ἦν. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐν μέρει τινὶ τῆς ὕλης εἰπεῖν τις ἐθέλοι τὸν θεόν, πλεῖστον ὅσον μικρότερον τῆς ὕλης λέγει, εἰ δὴ μέρος αὐτῆς ὅλον ἐχώρησεν αὐτόν· εἰ δ' ἐν πάσῃ εἶναι λέγοι τῇ ὕλῃ, πῶς ταύτην ἐδημιούργει φρασάτω. ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἢ συστολήν τινα τοῦ θεοῦ λέγειν, ἧς γενομένης ἐδημιούργει ἐκεῖνο ἀφ' οὗ ὑπεχώρησεν, ἢ καὶ ἑαυτὸν τῇ ὕλῃ συνδημιουργεῖν, οὐκ ἔχοντα ὑποχωρήσεως τόπον.
This must necessarily proceed in the same way, if three ungenerated things were granted. For in their case I would ask whether they are separated from each other, or again each is united with its neighbor. For if one should wish to say they are united, he will hear the same argument as the first; but if again they are separated, he will not escape the necessary subsistence of that which separates. But if someone should also state a third argument as fitting to be said about ungenerated things, namely that God is not separated from matter nor again united as a part, but that God is in matter as in a place, or matter in God, let him hear the conclusion: that if we say matter is the place of God, it is necessary to say that he is both contained and circumscribed by matter. Moreover, it is necessary that he is similarly borne about with matter in a disorderly manner, and that he neither stands nor remains by himself, since that in which he is is carried now one way, now another. In addition to these things, it is necessary to say that God has come to be in worse conditions. For if matter was once without order, and he adorned it, choosing to change it for the better, there was once a time when God was in unordered things. And I would rightly ask this argument as well: whether God filled matter or was in some part of matter. If, then, one should wish to say that God is in some part of matter, he says that he is as much smaller than matter as possible, if indeed a part of it contained the whole of him; but if he should say that he is in all matter, let him explain how he fashioned it. For it is necessary either to speak of some contraction of God, by which, when it occurred, he fashioned that from which he withdrew, or that he himself co-fashions with matter, having no place of withdrawal.
εἰ δὲ τὴν ὕλην ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναί τις λέξει, ὁμοίως ἐξετάζειν δεῖ πότερον ὡς διισταμένου αὐτοῦ ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ καί, ὥσπερ ἐν ἀέρι ζῴων ὑπάρχει γένη, διαιρουμένου καὶ μεριζομένου αὐτοῦ εἰς ὑποδοχὴν τῶν γινομένων ἐν αὐτῷ, ἢ ὡς ἐν τόπῳ, τουτέστιν ὥσπερ ἐν γῇ ὕδωρ. εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἴποιμεν ὡς ἐν ἀέρι, μεριστὸν ἀνάγκη τὸν θεὸν εἰπεῖν· εἰ δ' ὥσπερ ἐν γῇ τὸ ὕδωρ, ἦν δὲ ἄτακτος ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἀκόσμητος, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἔχουσα καὶ κακά, τὸν θεὸν λέγειν ἀνάγκη τόπον εἶναι τῶν ἀκοσμήτων καὶ τῶν κακῶν. ὅπερ οὐκ εὔφημον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, ἐπισφαλὲς δὲ μᾶλλον. ὕλην γὰρ εἶναι θέλεις, ἵνα μὴ τῶν κακῶν ποιητὴν εἴπῃς τὸν θεόν, καὶ τοῦτο φεύγειν προαιρούμενος δοχεῖον αὐτὸν τῶν κακῶν εἶναι λέγεις. εἰ μὲν οὖν τὴν ὕλην ἐκ τῶν ὑποστάντων γενητῶν ὑπονοεῖν ἀγένητον ὑπάρχειν ἔλεγες, πολὺν ἂν περὶ αὐτῆς ἐποιησάμην λόγον εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ ὅτι ἀδύνατον ὑπάρχειν αὐτὴν ἀγένητον· ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν τῶν κακῶν γένεσιν αἰτίαν ἔφησθα εἶναι τῆς τοιαύτης ὑπονοίας, διὰ τοῦτ' ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξέτασιν τούτων ἔρχεσθαί μοι δοκῶ. φανεροῦ γὰρ γενομένου τοῦ λόγου καθ' ὃν τρόπον ἐστὶ τὰ κακὰ καὶ ὅτι οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ἀναίτιον τῶν κακῶν εἰπεῖν τὸν θεὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὕλην αὐτῷ ὑποτιθέναι, τὴν τοιαύτην ὑπόνοιαν ἀναιρεῖσθαί μοι δοκεῖ. φῂς τοίνυν ἄποιον ὕλην συνυπάρχειν τῷ θεῷ, ἐξ ἧς τὴν τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν ἐδημιούργησεν. Οὕτω μοι δοκεῖ. Οὐκοῦν εἰ ἄποιος ἐτύγχανεν ἡ ὕλη, γέγονε δὲ κόσμος πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν δὲ τῷ κόσμῳ αἱ ποιότητες, τῶν ποιοτήτων ποιητὴς γέγονεν ὁ θεός. Οὕτως ἔχει.
But if someone says that matter is in God, we must likewise examine whether it is as if he is separated from himself and, as in the air there exist kinds of animals, he is divided and partitioned for the reception of the things that come to be in him, or as in a place, that is, as water in earth. For if we were to say as in air, we must necessarily say that God is divisible; but if as water in earth, and matter was disordered and unadorned, and moreover also contained evils, we must necessarily say that God is a place for the unadorned and for evils. This does not seem to me to be reverent, but rather precarious. For you wish matter to exist so that you may not say that God is the maker of evils, and in choosing to avoid this, you say that he is a receptacle of evils. Now if you were to say that matter is ungenerated from the supposition of generated things, I would have made a long argument about it to demonstrate that it is impossible for it to be ungenerated; but since you said that the generation of evils is the cause of such a supposition, for this reason I think I come to the examination of these matters. For when the account becomes clear as to the manner in which evils exist and that it is not possible to say that God is without responsibility for evils by positing matter for him, I think that such a supposition is removed. You say, then, that qualityless matter coexists with God, from which he crafted the generation of this cosmos. So it seems to me. Therefore, if matter happened to be qualityless, and the cosmos came to be by God, and in the cosmos there are qualities, then God has become the maker of the qualities. So it is.
Ἐπεὶ δέ σου καὶ λέγοντος ἔμπροσθεν ἤκουον ὡς ἀδύνατον ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γίνεσθαί τι, πρὸς τὴν ἐρώτησιν ἀπόκριναι τὴν ἐμήν· δοκεῖ σοι τὰς τοῦ κόσμου ποιότητας μὴ ἐξ ὑποκειμένων ποιοτήτων γεγονέναι; Δοκεῖ. Ἕτερον δέ τι παρὰ τὰς οὐσίας ὑπάρχειν αὐτάς; Οὕτως ἔχει. Εἰ οὖν μὴ ἐξ ὑποκειμένων ποιοτήτων τὰς ποιότητας ἐδημιούργησεν ὁ θεὸς μήτε ἐκ τῶν οὐσιῶν, τῷ μηδὲ οὐσίας αὐτὰς εἶναι, ἐκ μὴ ὄντων αὐτὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι εἰπεῖν ἀναγκαῖον. ὅθεν περιττῶς ἐδόκεις μοι λέγειν ἀδύνατον εἶναι δοξάζειν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γεγονέναι τι πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀλλ' ὁ μὲν περὶ τούτου λόγος ὧδε ἐχέτω. καὶ γὰρ παρ' ἡμῖν θεωροῦμεν ἀνθρώπους ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ποιοῦντάς τινα, εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα δοκοῦσι ποιεῖν ἔν τινι, οἷον ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρχιτεκτόνων τὸ
παράδειγμα λάβωμεν. καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι ποιοῦσι πόλεις οὐκ ἐκ πόλεων καὶ ναοὺς ὁμοίως οὐκ ἐκ ναῶν. εἰ δ', ὅτι τούτοις οὐσίαι ὑπόκεινται, οἴει ἐξ ὄντων αὐτοὺς ταῦτα ποιεῖν, σφάλλῃ τῷ λόγῳ. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ οὐσία ἐστὶν ἡ ποιοῦσα τὴν πόλιν ἢ αὖ πάλιν τοὺς ναούς, ἀλλ' ἡ περὶ τὴν οὐσίαν τέχνη· ἡ δὲ τέχνη οὐκ ἐξ ὑποκειμένης τινὸς ἐν ταῖς οὐσίαις τέχνης γίνεται, ἀλλ' ἐξ οὐκ οὔσης ἐν αὐταῖς γίνεται. ἀπαντήσειν δέ μοι δοκεῖς οὕτως τῷ λόγῳ, ὅτι ὁ τεχνίτης ἐξ ἧς ἔχει τέχνης τὴν ἐν τῇ οὐσίᾳ τέχνην ποιεῖ. πρὸς δὲ τοῦτο λέγεσθαι τοῦτ' εὖ ἔχειν μοι δοκεῖ, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἔκ τινος ὑποκειμένης τέχνης γίνεται. οὐ γὰρ ἔνεστιν αὐτὴν ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς οὖσαν δοῦναι τὴν τέχνην· τῶν γὰρ συμβεβηκό7.22.19 των ἐστὶ καὶ τῶν τότε τὸ εἶναι λαμβανόντων, ὁπόταν ἐν οὐσίᾳ γίνωνται.
Since I heard you saying earlier that it is impossible for anything to come into being from non-existent things, answer my question: does it seem to you that the qualities of the world have not come into being from pre-existing qualities? It does. And are they something other than the substances? So it is. If, then, God did not create the qualities from pre-existing qualities nor from the substances, since they are not substances, it is necessary to say that they have been brought into being by God from non-existent things. Hence you seemed to me to be speaking superfluously when you said it is impossible to hold that anything has come into being from non-existent things by God. But let the argument about this stand as follows. For we also observe among ourselves men making something from non-existent things, even if they seem to be making it in something, as for example let us take the case of architects. For they build cities not from cities, and temples likewise not from temples. But if, because substances underlie these things, you think they make them from existent things, you are mistaken in your reasoning. For it is not the substance that makes the city or again the temples, but the art applied to the substance; and the art does not come from some pre-existing art in the substances, but comes from what is not present in them. You seem to me to respond to the argument thus, that the craftsman makes the art in the substance from the art he possesses. To this, it seems to me well said that not even in man does the art come from some pre-existing art. For it is not possible for it, being by itself, to give the art; for it is among the accidents and among things that receive their being at the time when they come to be in a substance.
ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἄνθρωπος καὶ χωρὶς τῆς ἀρχιτεκτονικῆς ἔσται· ἡ δ' οὐκ ἔσται, ἐὰν μὴ πρότερον ἄνθρωπος ᾖ. ὅθεν τὰς τέχνας ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς ἀνθρώπους πεφυκέναι γίνεσθαι λέγειν ἀναγκαῖον. εἰ τοίνυν τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχον ἐπ' ἀνθρώπων ἐδείξαμεν, πῶς οὐχὶ προσῆκε τὸν θεὸν μὴ μόνον ποιότητας ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων φάναι δύνασθαι ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐσίας; τῷ γὰρ δυνατὸν φανῆναι γίνεσθαί τι ἐξ οὐκ ὄν7.22.20 των τὸ καὶ τὰς οὐσίας οὕτως ἔχειν δείκνυται. ἐπεὶ δὲ πόθος ἐστί σοι περὶ τῆς τῶν κακῶν γενέσεως ζητεῖν, ἐπὶ τὸν τούτων ἐλεύσομαι λόγον. καί σου βραχέα πυθέσθαι βούλομαι· τὰ κακὰ πότερον οὐσίαι σοι δοκοῦσιν εἶναι ἢ ποιότητες οὐσιῶν; Ποιότητας οὐσιῶν εὖ ἔχειν λέγειν μοι δοκεῖ. Ἡ δὲ ὕλη ἄποιος ἦν καὶ ἀσχημάτιστος; Οὕτως προλαβὼν ἐξεῖπον τῷ λόγῳ. Οὐκοῦν εἰ τὰ κακὰ ποιότητες ὑπάρχουσιν οὐσιῶν, ἡ δὲ ὕλη ἄποιος ἦν, τῶν δὲ ποιοτήτων ποιητὴν εἶπας τὸν θεὸν εἶναι, ἔσται καὶ τῶν κακῶν δημιουργὸς ὁ θεός. ὅτε τοίνυν οὐδ' οὕτως ἀναίτιον τῶν κακῶν δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν τὸν θεόν, ὕλην αὐτῷ προσάπτειν περιττὸν εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ. εἰ δέ τι πρὸς ταῦτα λέγειν ἔχεις, ἄρχου τοῦ λόγου. Εἰ μὲν ἐκ φιλονεικίας ἡμῖν ἡ ζήτησις ἐγίνετο, οὐκ ἂν δεύτερον περὶ τῶν κακῶν ἠξίουν ὁρίζεσθαι· ἐπεὶ δὲ φιλίας ἕνεκα μᾶλλον καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν πλησίον ὠφελείας τὴν ἐξέτασιν ποιούμεθα τῶν λόγων, ἄνωθεν περὶ τούτων ὁρίζεσθαι ἀξιῶ συγχωρεῖν.
For man will exist even without the art of building; but the art will not exist unless man exists first. Hence it is necessary to say that the arts naturally come into being from non-existent things into men. If, then, we have shown this to be the case with men, how is it not fitting that God should be able to produce not only qualities from non-existent things, but also substances? For that it is possible for something to come into being from non-existent things shows that substances also are so constituted. But since you have a desire to inquire about the origin of evils, I will come to the account of these. And I wish to ask you briefly: do evils seem to you to be substances or qualities of substances? It seems to me well to say that they are qualities of substances. And was matter without qualities and without form? I stated this earlier in the argument. Therefore, if evils are qualities of substances, and matter was without qualities, and you said that God is the maker of qualities, then God will also be the creator of evils. So then, since even in this way it is not possible to say that God is blameless of evils, it seems to me superfluous to attribute matter to him. But if you have anything to say in reply to this, begin your argument. If our inquiry were from contentiousness, I would not deign to define a second time concerning evils; but since we are conducting the examination of the arguments for the sake of friendship and for the benefit of our neighbor, I ask to be allowed to define concerning these matters from the beginning.
Τὴν μὲν προαίρεσιν τὴν ἐμὴν ἐκ πολλοῦ σοι φανερὰν εἶναι δοκῶ καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σπουδήν, ὅτι οὐ πιθανῶς εἰπὼν ψεῦδος νικῆσαι θέλω, ἀλλὰ δειχθῆναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν μετὰ ἀκριβοῦς ἐξετάσεως, καὶ σὲ δὲ οὕτως διακεῖσθαι σαφῶς ἐπίσταμαι· ὅθεν οἵῳ τρόπῳ χρώμενος νομίζεις δύνασθαι τὸ ἀληθὲς εὑρεῖν, τούτῳ χρῆσαι μηδὲν δυσωπούμενος. οὐ γὰρ σεαυτὸν ὠφελήσεις μόνον χρησάμενος τῷ κρείττονι, ἀλλὰ πάντως κἀμὲ περὶ ὧν ἀγνοῶ. Σαφῶς παραστῆναί μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τὰ κακὰ οὐσίας ὑπάρχειν τινάς· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκτὸς οὐσιῶν αὐτὰ ὄντα βλέπω. Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν, ὦ οὗτος, καὶ τὰ κακὰ οὐσίας εἶναι λέγεις, ἀνάγκη τὸν τῆς οὐσίας ἐξετάζειν λόγον. δοκεῖ σοι τὴν οὐσίαν σωματικήν τινα σύστασιν εἶναι; Δοκεῖ. Ἡ δὲ σωματικὴ σύστασις αὐτὴ ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς ὑπάρχει οὐ δεομένη τινός, οὗ γενομένου τὸ εἶναι λήψεται; Οὕτως ἔχει. Δοκεῖ δέ σοι τὰ κακὰ ἐνεργείας εἶναί τινος; Οὕτω μοι φαίνεται. Αἱ δὲ ἐνέργειαι τότε τὸ εἶναι λαμβάνουσιν, ὁπόταν ὁ ἐνεργῶν παρῇ; Οὕτως ἔχει. Οὐκ ὄντος δὲ τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος, οὐδ' ὅπερ ἐνεργεῖ ἔσται ποτέ; Οὐκ ἔσται. Οὐκοῦν εἰ ἡ οὐσία σωματική τίς ἐστι σύστασις, ἡ δὲ σωματικὴ σύστασις οὐ δεῖταί τινος, ἐν ᾧ γενομένη τὸ εἶναι λήψεται, τὰ δὲ κακὰ ἐνέργειαι ὑπάρχουσί τινος, αἱ δὲ ἐνέργειαι δέονταί τινος, ἐν ᾧ γενόμεναι τὸ εἶναι λαμβάνουσιν, οὐκ ἔσονται οὐσίαι τὰ κακά. εἰ δὲ οὐσίαι τὰ κακά, κακὸν δὲ ὁ φόνος, οὐσία ἔσται ὁ φόνος· ἀλλὰ μὴν ὁ φόνος ἐνέργεια ὑπάρχει τινός, οὐκ ἔστιν ἄρα οὐσία ὁ φόνος. εἰ δὲ τὰ ἐνεργοῦντα οὐσίαν εἶναι θέλεις, σύμφημι κἀγώ. οἷον ἄνθρωπος ὁ φονεύς, καθ' ὃν μὲν λόγον ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, ὑπάρχει οὐσία·
I think my purpose and my earnestness in arguments have long been clear to you: that I do not wish to win by speaking a plausible falsehood, but that the truth be shown through accurate examination; and I clearly know that you are similarly disposed. Therefore, use whatever method you think can discover the truth, and employ it without any hesitation. For you will not only benefit yourself by using the better method, but you will certainly also benefit me concerning things I do not know. It seems clear to me that evils also exist as some substances; for I do not see them as beings outside substances. Since, then, my friend, you also say that evils are substances, it is necessary to examine the account of substance. Does it seem to you that substance is some bodily composition? It does. Does this bodily composition itself exist by itself, not needing anything in which, once it has come to be, it will receive its being? So it is. Does it seem to you that evils are activities of something? So it appears to me. Do activities receive their being only when the agent is present? So it is. And if the agent does not exist, will that which it does ever exist? It will not. Therefore, if substance is some bodily composition, and bodily composition does not need anything in which, once it has come to be, it will receive its being, and evils are activities of something, and activities need something in which, once they have come to be, they receive their being, then evils will not be substances. But if evils are substances, and murder is an evil, then murder will be a substance; yet murder is an activity of something, so murder is not a substance. If you wish that the agents are substance, I agree with you as well. For example, a man who is a murderer, insofar as he is a man, is a substance.
ὁ δὲ φόνος ὃν ποιεῖ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐσία, ἀλλ' ἔργον τῆς οὐσίας. λέγομεν δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ποτὲ
μὲν κακὸν διὰ τὸ φονεύειν, ποτὲ δ' αὖ πάλιν διὰ τὸ εὐεργετεῖν ἀγαθόν. καὶ προσπλέκεται ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῇ οὐσίᾳ ἐκ τῶν συμβεβηκότων αὐτῇ, ἅτινα οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτή· οὔτε γὰρ ὁ φόνος ἐστὶν ἡ οὐσία οὔτ' αὖ πάλιν ἡ μοιχεία οὔτε τι τῶν ὁμοίων κακῶν· ἀλλ' ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τῆς γραμματικῆς ὁ γραμματικὸς λέγεται καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ῥητορικῆς ὁ ῥήτωρ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἰατρικῆς ὁ ἰατρός, τῆς οὐσίας οὔτ' ἰατρικῆς οὔσης οὔτε μὴν ῥητορικῆς οὔτε γραμματικῆς, ἀλλ' ἀπὸ τῶν συμβεβηκότων αὐτῇ τὴν προσηγορίαν λαμβανούσης, ἀφ' ὧν οὕτως ὀνομάζεσθαι δοκεῖ οὐδ' ὁπότερον αὐτῶν οὖσα, ὁμοίως μοι φαίνεται καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι κακῶν τὴν οὐσίαν ὄνομα προσλαμβάνειν οὐδ' ὁπότερον οὖσαν αὐτῶν. καί μοι ὁμοίως ἐπινόησον, εἴ τινα ἕτερον ἀναπλάττεις ἐν τῷ νῷ τῶν κακῶν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις αἴτιον, ὡς κἀκεῖνος, καθὸ ἐν τούτοις ἐνεργεῖ καὶ ὑποβάλλει ποιεῖν τὰ κακά, ἔστι καὶ αὐτὸς κακὸς ἐξ ὧν ποιεῖ. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ κἀκεῖνος κακὸς εἶναι λέγεται, ὅτι τῶν κακῶν ἐστι ποιητής. ἃ δέ τις ποιεῖ, οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτός, ἀλλ' αἱ ἐνέργειαι αὐτοῦ, ἀφ' ὧν τὴν προσηγορίαν τοῦ κακὸς λέγεσθαι λαμβάνει. εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸν ὑπάρχειν εἴποιμεν ἃ ποιεῖ, ποιεῖ δὲ φόνους καὶ μοιχείας καὶ κλοπὰς καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ὅμοια, αὐτὸς ἔσται ταῦτα· εἰ δὲ ταῦτ' ἐστὶν αὐτός, ταῦτα δ' ὅτε γίνεται τὴν σύστασιν ἔχει, οὐ γινόμενα δὲ καὶ τοῦ εἶναι παύεται, γίνεται δὲ ταῦτα πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, ἔσονται τούτων οἱ ἄνθρωποι ποιηταὶ καὶ τοῦ εἶναι καὶ τοῦ μηκέτ' εἶναι αἴτιοι.
The murder which he commits is not the substance, but an activity of the substance. We say that a human being is sometimes evil because of committing murder, and again sometimes good because of doing good. And these names are attached to the substance from the accidents that belong to it, which are not the substance itself; for neither is murder the substance, nor again adultery, nor any of the similar evils; but just as from grammar the grammarian is named, and from rhetoric the rhetor, and from medicine the physician, while the substance is neither medicine nor rhetoric nor grammar, but receives its appellation from the accidents belonging to it, from which it seems to be so named, though it is none of them, so it appears to me that the substance also receives a name from the things that seem to be evils, though it is none of them. And consider similarly for me, if you fashion in your mind any other cause of evils for human beings, that that one also, in so far as he acts in these things and prompts the doing of evils, is himself evil because of what he does. For that is why that one also is said to be evil, because he is a maker of evils. But what one does is not oneself, but one's activities, from which one receives the appellation of being called evil. For if we were to say that he himself is what he does, and he does murders and adulteries and thefts and all such like things, he himself will be these things; but if these things are himself, and these things, when they occur, have existence, and when they do not occur, cease to be, and these things are done by human beings, then human beings will be makers of them and causes both of their being and of their ceasing to be.
εἰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐνεργείας αὐτοῦ φῄς, ἐξ ὧν ποιεῖ τὸ κακὸς εἶναι ἔχει, οὐκ ἐξ ὧν ἐστιν οὐσία. κακὸν δὲ εἴπομεν λέγεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν συμβεβηκότων τῇ οὐσίᾳ, ἅτινα οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ οὐσία, ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς ἰατρικῆς ὁ ἰατρός. εἰ δὲ ἐξ ὧν ἐνεργεῖ κακός, ὑπάρχει κακός, ἃ δὲ ἐνεργεῖ ἀρχὴν τοῦ εἶναι λαμβάνει, ἤρξατο κἀκεῖνος εἶναι κακός, ἤρξατο δὲ καὶ ταυτὶ τὰ κακά. εἰ δὲ οὕτως ἔχει, οὐκ ἔσται ἀνάρχως κακὸς οὐδὲ ἀγένητα τὰ κακὰ τῷ γενητὰ πρὸς αὐτοῦ εἶναι φάναι. Τὸν μὲν πρὸς τὸν ἑταῖρον, ὦ φίλε, λόγον ἱκανῶς μοι πεποιηκέναι δοκεῖς· ἐξ ὧν γὰρ προὔλαβε τῷ λόγῳ, ἐκ τούτων συνάγειν ἔδοξας καλῶς. ὡς ἀληθῶς γάρ, εἰ ἄποιος ἐτύγχανεν ἡ ὕλη, τῶν δὲ ποιοτήτων δημιουργὸς ὑπάρχει ὁ θεός, ποιότητες δὲ τὰ κακά, τῶν κακῶν ἔσται ποιητὴς ὁ θεός. οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὁ λόγος πρὸς ἐκεῖνον εἰρήσθω καλῶς, ἐμοὶ δὲ ψεῦδος δοκεῖ τὴν ὕλην ἄποιον εἶναι λέγειν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔνεστιν εἰπεῖν περὶ ἡστινοσοῦν οὐσίας ὡς ἔστιν ἄποιος. καὶ γὰρ ἐν ᾧ ἄποιον εἶναι λέγει, τὴν ποιότητα αὐτῆς μηνύει, ὁποία ἐστὶν ἡ ὕλη διαγραφόμενος, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ποιότητος εἶδος. ὅθεν, εἴ σοι φίλον ἐστίν, ἄνωθεν ἔχου πρὸς ἐμὲ τοῦ λόγου. ἐμοὶ γὰρ ἡ ὕλη ἀνάρχως ποιότητας ἔχειν δοκεῖ. οὕτως γὰρ καὶ τὰ κακὰ ἐκ τῆς ἀπορροίας αὐτῆς εἶναι λέγω, ἵνα τῶν κακῶν ὁ μὲν θεὸς ἀναίτιος ᾖ, τούτων δὲ ἁπάντων ἡ ὕλη αἰτία. Τὴν μὲν προθυμίαν τὴν σὴν ἀποδέχομαι, ὦ φίλε, καί σου τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σπουδὴν ἐπαινῶ. προσῆκε γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἕκαστον τῶν φιλομαθῶν μὴ ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε συγκατατίθεσθαι τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἀλλ' ἀκριβῆ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξέτασιν τῶν λόγων.
If you say that these are his activities, from which he derives being evil, it is not from that which he is in substance. And we have said that evil is spoken of from the accidents that belong to substance, which are not the substance itself, as the physician is named from the medical art. But if he is evil from that which he does, and what he does takes a beginning of being, then he also began to be evil, and these evils also began. And if this is so, evil will not be without beginning, nor will evils be ungenerated, since they are said to be generated by him. The argument against your companion, my friend, you seem to me to have made sufficiently. For from the premises he assumed in the argument, you seemed to draw conclusions well. For truly, if matter happened to be without qualities, and God is the creator of qualities, and evils are qualities, then God will be the maker of evils. So let this argument be well spoken against him, but to me it seems false to say that matter is without qualities. For it is not possible to say of any substance whatsoever that it is without qualities. For in saying that it is without qualities, you indicate its quality, describing what matter is like, which is a form of quality. Hence, if it pleases you, take up the argument with me from the beginning. For it seems to me that matter has qualities without beginning. For thus I say that evils come from its effluence, so that God may be blameless for evils, and matter is the cause of all these. I accept your eagerness, my friend, and I praise your diligence in arguments. For it is truly fitting for each lover of learning not to assent to what is said simply and at random, but to make a precise examination of the arguments.
οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ ὁ προσζητῶν παρὰ λόγον ὁρισάμενος ἀφορμὴν παρέσχε τῷ προσδιαλεγομένῳ συνάγειν ὡς θέλει, τοῦτο καὶ τὸν ἀκροατὴν πείσει, ἀλλ' εἴ τι δοκεῖ δυνατὸν εἶναι λέγεσθαι καλῶς, τοῦτο λέξει· παρ' ὃ δυοῖν θάτερον ἔσται· ἢ γὰρ καὶ πρὸς ὃ κινεῖσθαι δοκεῖ ἀκούσας τέλεον ὠφελη7.22.39 θήσεται, ἢ τὸν προσδιαλεγόμενον ἐλέγξει οὐ τἀληθῆ λέγοντα. οὐ δοκεῖς δέ μοι δεόντως εἰρηκέναι τὴν ὕλην ἄνωθεν ποιότητας ἔχειν. εἰ γὰρ τοῦθ' οὕτως ἔχει, τίνος ἔσται ποιητὴς ὁ θεός; εἴτε γὰρ οὐσίας ἐροῦμεν, προεῖναι ταύτην φαμέν· εἴτ' αὖ πάλιν ποιοτήτων, καὶ ταύτας ὑπάρχειν. οὐκοῦν οὐσίας τε οὔσης καὶ ποιοτήτων περιττὸν εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ δημιουργὸν λέγειν τὸν θεόν. ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐμαυτῷ κατασκευάζειν τινὰ δόξω λόγον, ἀπόκριναι νῦν ἐρωτώμενος, τίνι τρόπῳ δημιουργὸν εἶναι φῂς τὸν θεόν; πότερον ὅτι τὰς οὐσίας ἔτρεψεν εἰς τὸ
μηκέθ' ὑπάρχειν ἐκείνας αἵπερ ἦσάν ποτε, ἀλλ' ἑτέρας παρ' αὐτὰς γενέσθαι, ἢ ὅτι τὰς μὲν οὐσίας ἐφύλαξεν ἐκείνας αἵπερ ἦσαν πρὸ τούτου, τὰς δὲ ποιότητας ἔτρεψεν αὐτῶν; Οὔ τι μοι δοκεῖ ἀλλαγήν τινα οὐσιῶν γεγονέναι· καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπον τοῦτο λέγειν μοι φαίνεται· τροπὴν δέ τινα τῶν ποιοτήτων γεγονέναι φημί, καθ' ἣν δημιουργὸν εἶναι λέγω τὸν θεόν, καὶ ὥσπερ εἰ τύχοι λέγειν ἐκ λίθων οἰκίαν γεγονέναι, ἐφ' ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐκέτι λίθοι μένουσι τῇ οὐσίᾳ, οἰκία γενόμενοι οἱ λίθοι. τῇ γὰρ ποιότητι τῆς συνθέσεως τὴν οἰκίαν γεγονέναι φημί, τραπείσης δηλονότι τῆς προτέρας τῶν λίθων ποιότητος.
For even if the one who inquires, having defined contrary to reason, provides an occasion for the interlocutor to draw a conclusion as he wishes, this will not persuade the hearer; rather, he will say whatever seems capable of being spoken well. In that case, one of two things will happen: either, having heard what he is thought to be moved toward, he will be fully benefited, or he will refute the interlocutor as not speaking the truth. You do not seem to me to have spoken appropriately in saying that matter has qualities from above. For if this is so, of what will God be the maker? For if we say of substance, we affirm that this pre-exists; or if again of qualities, these also pre-exist. Therefore, since both substance and qualities exist, it seems to me superfluous to call God a craftsman. But so that I may not appear to be constructing some argument for myself, answer now when asked: in what manner do you say that God is a craftsman? Is it because he changed the substances so that those which once existed no longer exist, but others came into being instead of them, or because he preserved those substances which existed before this, but changed their qualities? It does not seem to me that any change of substances has occurred; for this appears to me absurd to say. But I affirm that a change of qualities has occurred, on account of which I say that God is a craftsman. And as one might say, for example, that a house has come into being from stones, in which case it cannot be said that the stones no longer remain in substance, having become a house. For I affirm that the house has come into being by the quality of composition, the previous quality of the stones having been changed, evidently.
οὕτω μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τὸν θεόν, ὑπομενούσης τῆς οὐσίας, τροπήν τινα τῶν ποιοτήτων αὐτῆς πεποιηκέναι, καθ' ἣν τὴν τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι λέγω. Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν τροπήν τινα τῶν ποιοτήτων πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι φῄς, ἀπόκριναί μοι βραχέα πυθέσθαι προαιρουμένῳ. λέγε δὴ εἰ ὁμοίως καὶ σοὶ δοκεῖ τὰ κακὰ ποιότητας εἶναι τῶν οὐσιῶν; Δοκεῖ. Ἄνωθεν δὲ ἦσαν αἱ ποιότητες αὗται ἐν τῇ ὕλῃ, ἢ ἀρχὴν ἔσχον τοῦ εἶναι; Συνεῖναί φημι ἀγενήτως τῇ ὕλῃ ταυτασὶ τὰς ποιότητας. Οὐχὶ δὲ τὸν θεὸν φῂς τροπήν τινα τῶν ποιοτήτων πεποιηκέναι; Τοῦτό φημι. Πότερον οὖν εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον ἢ εἰς τὸ χεῖρον; Εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον λέγειν μοι δοκεῖ. Οὐκοῦν εἰ ποιότητες τῆς ὕλης τὰ κακά, τὰς δὲ ποιότητας αὐτῆς εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον ἔτρεψεν ὁ θεός, πόθεν τὰ κακὰ ζητεῖν ἀνάγκη; οὐ γὰρ ἔμειναν αἱ ποιότητες ὁποῖαί ποτ' ἦσαν τῇ φύσει. ἢ εἰ μὲν πρότερον οὐκ ἦσαν ποιότητες κακαί, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ τραπῆναι πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς πρώτας τοιαύτας περὶ τὴν ὕλην γεγονέναι ποιότητας φῄς, αἴτιος ἔσται τῶν κακῶν ὁ θεός, τρέψας τὰς οὐκ οὔσας ποιότητας κακὰς εἰς τὸ εἶναι κακάς· ἢ τὰς μὲν κακὰς ποιότητας εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον οὐ δοκεῖ σοι τρέψαι τὸν θεόν, τὰς δὲ λοιπὰς καὶ μόνας, ὅσαι ἀδιάφοροι ἐτύγχανον τῆς διακοσμήσεως ἕνεκα, πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τετράφθαι λέγεις; Οὕτως ἄνωθεν ἔσχον ἐγώ. Πῶς τοίνυν αὐτὸν τὰς τῶν φαύλων ποιότητας ὡς εἶχον καταλελοιπέναι λέγεις; πότερον δυνάμενον μὲν κἀκείνας ἀνελεῖν, οὐ βουληθέντα δέ, ἢ τὸ δύνασθαι μὴ ἔχοντα;
Thus it seems to me that God also, while the substance remains, has made a certain change of its qualities, according to which I say that the generation of this world has come about from God. Since, then, you say that a certain change of the qualities has been made by God, answer me, as I choose to ask a few brief questions. Tell me, then, whether it seems to you likewise that evils are qualities of substances? It does. Were these qualities in matter from the beginning, or did they have a beginning of existence? I say that these qualities coexist ungeneratedly with matter. Do you not say that God has made a certain change of the qualities? I say this. Was it for the better or for the worse? It seems to me to be for the better. Therefore, if evils are qualities of matter, and God turned its qualities for the better, why must we seek for evils? For the qualities did not remain as they were by nature. Or if, on the one hand, there were not previously evil qualities, but you say that from the change made by God the first qualities of this kind around matter came to be evil, then God will be the cause of evils, having turned qualities that were not evil into being evil; or, on the other hand, does it not seem to you that God turned the evil qualities for the better, but you say that only the remaining qualities, which were indifferent for the sake of ordering, were turned by God? This is how I have held from the beginning. How, then, do you say that he left the qualities of the base as they were? Was it that he was able to remove those as well but did not wish to, or that he did not have the power?
εἰ μὲν γὰρ δυνάμενον λέξεις, οὐ βουληθέντα δέ, αὐτὸν αἴτιον τούτων εἰπεῖν ἀνάγκη, ὅτι δυνάμενος ποιῆσαι μὴ εἶναι κακὰ συνεχώρησεν αὐτὰ μένειν ὡς ἦν, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτε δημιουργεῖν τὴν ὕλην ἤρξατο. εἰ γὰρ μηδ' ὅλως ἔμελεν αὐτῷ τῆς ὕλης, οὐκ ἂν αἴτιος ἦν ὧν συνεχώρει μένειν· ἐπεὶ δὲ μέρος μέν τι αὐτῆς ἐδημιούργει, μέρος δέ τι οὕτως εἴα, δυνάμενος κἀκεῖνα τρέπειν εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον, αἰτίαν ὀφλισκάνειν ἄξιος εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, καταλιπὼν μέρος ὕλης εἶναι πονηρὸν ἐπ' ὀλέθρῳ οὗ ἐδημιούργησε μέρους. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὰ μέγιστα κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἠδικῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ, τοῦθ' ὅπερ κατεσκεύασε τῆς ὕλης μέρος ἀντιλαμβανόμενον τὰ νῦν τῶν κακῶν. εἰ γάρ τις ἐξετάζοι ἐπ' ἀκριβὲς τὰ πράγματα, χαλεπώτερον νῦν εὑρήσει τὴν ὕλην πεπονθυῖαν τῆς προτέρας ἀκοσμίας. πρὶν γὰρ αὐτὴν διακριθῆναι, τὸ μηδὲ αἰσθέσθαι τῶν κακῶν παρῆν αὐτῇ· νυνὶ δὲ ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν αὐτῆς αἴσθησιν λαμβάνει τῶν κακῶν. καί μοι ἐπ' ἀνθρώπου τὸ παράδειγμα λάβε. πρὶν γὰρ εἰκονισθῇ καὶ ζῷον γένηται τῇ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τέχνῃ, τὸ μηθενὸς ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν κακῶν παρὰ τῆς φύσεως εἶχεν· ἀφ' οὗ δὲ πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος γίνεται, καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν τοῦ προσπελάζοντος κακοῦ προσλαμβάνει, καὶ τοῦθ', ὅπερ ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῆς ὕλης πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι λέγεις, εὑρίσκεται μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῷ χείρονι προσγενόμενον αὐτῇ. εἰ δ' ἐκ τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι τὸν θεὸν ἀνελεῖν τὰ κακὰ τὸ μὴ πεπαῦσθαι λέγεις, ἀδύνατον τὸν θεὸν φήσεις ὑπάρχειν. τὸ δὲ ἀδύνατον ἤτοι τῷ φύσει ἀσθενῆ ὑπάρχειν αὐτὸν ἔσται ἢ τῷ νικᾶσθαι τῷ φόβῳ δεδουλωμένον πρός τινος κρείττονος.
If, then, you say that he was able but not willing, it is necessary to say that he himself is the cause of these things, because, being able to make evils not exist, he allowed them to remain as they were, and especially when he began to work upon matter. For if he had no concern at all for matter, he would not be responsible for what he allowed to remain; but since he worked upon one part of it and left another part just as it was, being able to change those parts also for the better, he seems to me to deserve to incur blame, having left a part of matter to be evil for the destruction of the part he worked upon. Moreover, I think that the part which he fashioned of matter is itself most greatly wronged by this, as it now receives the evils. For if one examines the matter precisely, he will find that matter has suffered more grievously now than in its former disorder. For before it was distinguished, it had the advantage of not perceiving evils; but now each of its parts receives perception of evils. Take the example of a human being. For before it was formed and became a living creature by the craftsman's art, it had from nature the property of perceiving none of the evils; but from the time it becomes a human being by God, it also acquires the perception of approaching evil, and this, which you say has come about for the benefit of matter by God, is found to have accrued to it rather for the worse. But if you say that evils have not ceased because God is unable to remove them, you will assert that God is impossible. And the impossible will be either because he is weak by nature or because he is enslaved by fear and overcome by some stronger being.
εἰ μὲν οὖν τὸν θεὸν φύσει ἀσθενῆ ὄντα τολμήσεις εἰπεῖν, περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῆς κινδυνεύειν μοι δοκεῖς· εἰ δὲ τῷ νικᾶσθαι φόβῳ πρὸς
τοῦ μείζονος, μείζονα ἔσται τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ κακά, νικῶντα τῆς προαιρέσεως αὐτοῦ τὴν ὁρμήν· ὅπερ ἄτοπον εἶναί μοι λέγειν περὶ θεοῦ δοκεῖ. διὰ τί γὰρ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ταῦτ' ἔσονται θεοί, νικᾶν κατὰ τὸν λόγον τὸν σὸν δυνάμενοι τὸν θεόν, εἴπερ θεὸν ἐκεῖνό φαμεν ὃ τὴν ἁπάντων ἐξουσίαν ἔχει; βραχέα δέ σου καὶ περὶ τῆς ὕλης αὐτῆς πυθέσθαι βούλομαι· καί μοι φέρων λέγε, πότερον ἁπλῆ τις ἦν ἡ ὕλη ἢ σύνθετος· ἡ γὰρ διαφορὰ τῶν γεγονότων εἰς τοιαύτην με περιίστησιν ἐξέτασιν τοῦδε τοῦ λόγου. εἰ γὰρ ἁπλῆ τις ἐτύγχανεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ μονοειδής, σύνθετος δὲ ὁ κόσμος καὶ ἐκ διαφόρων οὐσιῶν τε καὶ κράσεων τὴν σύστασιν ἔχει, ἀδύνατον τοῦτον ἐξ ὕλης γεγονέναι λέγειν τῷ τὰ σύνθετα μὴ οἷόν τε ἐξ ἑνὸς ἁπλοῦ τὴν σύστασιν ἔχειν, τὸ γὰρ σύνθετον ἁπλῶν τινων μῖξιν μηνύει. εἰ δ' αὖ πάλιν τὴν ὕλην σύνθετον λέγειν ἐθέλοις, πάντως ἐξ ἁπλῶν τινων συντεθεῖσθαι φήσεις. εἰ δὲ ἐξ ἁπλῶν συνετέθη, ἦν ποτε καθ' ἑαυτὰ τὰ ἁπλᾶ, ὧν συντεθέντων γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη, ἐξ οὗπερ καὶ γενητὴ οὖσα δείκνυται. εἰ γὰρ σύνθετος ἡ ὕλη, τὰ δὲ σύνθετα ἐξ ἁπλῶν τὴν σύστασιν ἔχει, ἦν ποτε καιρὸς ὅτε ὕλη οὐκ ἦν, τουτέστι πρὶν τὰ ἁπλᾶ συνελθεῖν. εἰ δὲ ἦν ποτε καιρὸς ὅτε ἡ ὕλη οὐκ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν δέ ποτε καιρὸς ὅτε τὸ ἀγένητον οὐκ ἦν, οὐκ ἔσται ἀγένητος ἡ ὕλη. τὸ δ' ἐντεῦθεν ἄρα ἔσται πολλὰ τὰ ἀγένητα. εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἀγένητος ὁ θεὸς καὶ τὰ ἁπλᾶ ἐξ ὧν ἡ ὕλη συνετέθη, οὐκ ἔσται δύο μόνα τὰ ἀγένητα.
If, then, you would dare to say that God is weak by nature, you seem to me to endanger his very preservation; but if you say that he is overcome by fear of a greater power, then evils will be greater than God, overcoming the impulse of his will—which seems to me absurd to say about God. For why should not these things rather be gods, being able, according to your argument, to overcome God, if we call that which has authority over all things God? I wish to ask you a few things also about matter itself. Tell me, please, whether matter was simple or composite; for the difference of the things that have come into being leads me into such an examination of this argument. For if matter happened to be simple and uniform, but the cosmos is composite and has its constitution from different substances and mixtures, it is impossible to say that it has come into being from matter, since composite things cannot have their constitution from a single simple thing; for the composite indicates a mixture of certain simple things. But if, on the other hand, you should wish to say that matter is composite, you will certainly affirm that it has been compounded from certain simple things. But if it was compounded from simple things, then the simple things once existed by themselves, and by their combination matter came into being, from which it is shown to be also generated. For if matter is composite, and composite things have their constitution from simple things, there was once a time when matter did not exist, that is, before the simple things came together. But if there was once a time when matter did not exist, and there was never a time when the ungenerated did not exist, then matter will not be ungenerated. From this it will follow that there are many ungenerated things. For if God was ungenerated, and the simple things from which matter was compounded were also ungenerated, then there will not be only two ungenerated things.
δοκεῖ δέ σοι μηδὲν τῶν ὄντων αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ ἀντικεῖσθαι; Δοκεῖ. Ἀντίκειται δὲ τῷ πυρὶ τὸ ὕδωρ; Ἀντικεῖσθαί μοι φαίνεται. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῷ φωτὶ τὸ σκότος καὶ τῷ ψυχρῷ τὸ θερμόν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τῷ ξηρῷ τὸ ὑγρόν; Οὕτως ἔχειν μοι δοκεῖ. Οὐκοῦν εἰ μηδὲν τῶν ὄντων αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ ἀντίκειται, ἀλλήλοις δὲ ταῦτα ἀντίκειται, οὐκ ἔσονται ὕλη μία οὐδὲ μὴν ἐξ ὕλης μιᾶς. ὅμοιον δέ τινα τούτῳ λόγον πάλιν πυθέσθαι σου βούλομαι. δοκεῖ σοι τὰ μέρη μὴ ἀναιρετικὰ τυγχάνειν ἀλλήλων; Δοκεῖ. Εἶναι δὲ τῆς ὕλης μέρη τό τε πῦρ καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὰ λοιπά; Οὕτως ἔχει. Τί δέ; οὐ δοκεῖ σοι ἀνατρεπτικὸν μὲν εἶναι τοῦ πυρὸς τὸ ὕδωρ, τοῦ δὲ σκότους τὸ φῶς, καὶ τἄλλα ὅσα τούτοις παραπλήσια; Δοκεῖ. Οὐκοῦν εἰ τὰ μέρη οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλλήλων ἀναιρετικά, τὰ δὲ τῆς ὕλης ἀλλήλων ἀναιρετικὰ τυγχάνει, οὐκ ἔσται ἀλλήλων μέρη· εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλλήλων μέρη, οὐκ ἔσονται ὕλης μιᾶς. ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδ' αὐτὰ ἔσονται ὕλη τῷ μηδέν τι τῶν ὄντων αὐτὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἀναιρετικὸν ὑπάρχειν κατὰ τὸν τοῦ ἀντικειμένου λόγον. οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστί τι αὑτῷ ἀντικείμενον· τὰ γὰρ ἀντικείμενα ἑτέροις ἀντικεῖσθαι πέφυκεν. οἷον τὸ λευκὸν αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ οὐκ ἀντίκειται, πρὸς δὲ τὸ μέλαν ἀντικείμενον λέγεται· καὶ τὸ φῶς ὁμοίως ἑαυτῷ μὴ ἀντικεῖσθαι δείκνυται, πρὸς δὲ τὸ σκότος οὕτως ἔχον φαίνεται, καὶ ἄλλα γοῦν ὁμοίως πλεῖστα ὅσα. εἰ τοίνυν καὶ ὕλη μία τις ἦν, οὐκ ἂν αὐτὴ ἑαυτῇ ἀντέκειτο. οὕτως δὲ τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἐχόντων τὸ μὴ εἶναι τὴν ὕλην δείκνυται.» Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ προδηλωθεὶς συγγραφεύς.
Does it seem to you that none of the things that exist are opposed to themselves? It does. Is water opposed to fire? It seems to me to be opposed. And similarly, darkness to light, cold to heat, and in addition to these, moisture to dryness? That seems to me to be the case. Therefore, if none of the things that exist are opposed to themselves, but these are opposed to each other, they will not be a single matter nor from a single matter. I wish to ask you again a similar argument. Does it seem to you that the parts are not destructive of each other? It does. Are fire and water, and likewise the rest, parts of matter? That is so. What then? Does it not seem to you that water is destructive of fire, light of darkness, and all other such things? It does. Therefore, if the parts are not destructive of each other, but the parts of matter are destructive of each other, they will not be parts of each other; and if they are not parts of each other, they will not be of a single matter. But indeed, they will not even be matter themselves, since nothing that exists is destructive of itself according to the argument of opposition. For nothing is opposed to itself; things that are opposed are by nature opposed to others. For example, white is not opposed to itself, but is said to be opposed to black; and light is shown not to be opposed to itself, but appears to be so in relation to darkness, and likewise many other things. If, then, there were a single matter, it would not be opposed to itself. And with the opposites being so, it is shown that matter does not exist. So much for the previously mentioned author.
αὐτάρκη δὲ περιγραφὴν εἰληφότος τοῦ λόγου ἐπὶ τὸν ὄγδοον τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς μεταβάντες τὰ λείποντα τῷ προκειμένῳ σκέμματι, σύμμαχον ἐπικαλεσάμενοι τὸν θεόν, ἀναπληρώσομεν.
8. Η ΤΑΔΕ ΤΟ ΟΓΔΟΟΝ ΠΕΡΙΕΧΕΙ ΣΥΓΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΤΗΣ ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΚΥΗΣ 8. αʹ. Περὶ τοῦ κατὰ Μωσέα θεοσεβοῦς πολιτεύματος βʹ. Ἀρισταίου περὶ τῆς ἑρμηνείας τῶν παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις γραφῶν γʹ. Ἐπιστολὴ Δημητρίου τοῦ Φαληρέως πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Αἰγύπτου βασιλέα δʹ. Ἐπιστολὴ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως πρὸς Ἐλεάζαρον τὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀρχιερέαεʹ. Ἐπιστολὴ Ἐλεαζάρου τοῦ ἀρχιερέως πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον τὸν βασιλέα ʹ. Φίλωνος περὶ τῆς ἀπ' Αἰγύπτου τῶν Ἰουδαίων πορείας ζʹ.
Τοῦ αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς κατὰ Μωσέα θεοσεβοῦς πολιτείας ηʹ. Ἰωσήπου περὶ τοῦ κατὰ Μωσέα πολιτεύματος θʹ. Ἐλεαζάρου ἀρχιερέως ὑποτύπωσις τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις ἀλληγορουμένης διανοίας. Ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀρισταίου ιʹ. Ἀριστοβούλου περὶ τῶν ὀνομαζομένων ὥσπερ θεοῦ μελῶν ιαʹ. Φίλωνος περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον ἀρετῆς τῶν παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις τὸ παλαιὸν φιλοσοφούντων. Ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπὲρ Ἰουδαίων ἀπολογίας ιβʹ. Ἔτι περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν. Ἀπὸ τοῦ πάντα σπουδαῖον ἐλεύθερον εἶναι ιγʹ. Τοῦ αὐτοῦ περὶ θεοῦ καὶ περὶ τοῦ γενητὸν εἶναι κόσμον ιδʹ. Τοῦ αὐτοῦ περὶ τοῦ προνοίᾳ θεοῦ διοικεῖσθαι τὸν κόσμον
Since the discourse has received a sufficient outline, having moved to the eighth book of the Evangelical Preparation, we will supply what is lacking for the present inquiry, having called upon God as an ally.
8. The eighth book of the Evangelical Preparation contains the following treatises: 1. On the pious polity according to Moses 2. Aristeas on the interpretation of the writings among the Jews 3. Letter of Demetrius of Phalerum to Ptolemy, king of Egypt 4. Letter of King Ptolemy to Eleazar, the high priest of the Jews 5. Letter of Eleazar the high priest to King Ptolemy 6. Philo on the departure of the Jews from Egypt 7. By the same author, on the pious polity according to Moses 8. Josephus on the polity according to Moses 9. Outline of Eleazar the high priest of the allegorical meaning in the sacred laws. From the works of Aristeas 10. Aristobulus on the so-called members of God 11. Philo on the virtue in life of those who philosophized among the Jews in ancient times. From the apology for the Jews 12. Again on the same subjects. From the work that every good man is free 13. By the same author, on God and on the world being created 14. By the same author, on the world being governed by divine providence
Η αʹ. ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟΝ· ΚΑΙ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΚΑΤΑ ΜΩΣΕΑ ΘΕΟΣΕΒΟΥΣ ΠΟΛΙΤΕΥΜΑΤΟΣ Τοὺς βίους τῶν παλαιῶν Ἑβραίων, τῶν δὴ καὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐπαληθευσάντων θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν, πρόσθεν ἢ Μωσέα φανῆναι πάσης ἀρετῆς βραβείοις ἀναδησαμένων τά τε θεοσεβῆ δόγματά τε καὶ παιδεύματα καὶ προσέτι τὰς εὐσεβεῖς καὶ παναληθεῖς αὐτῶν θεολογίας, ὧν εἰς ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον ἐλθεῖν ὡμολογήκαμεν, διελθὼν ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου μέτειμι νῦν ἀκολούθῳ τῇ τάξει χρώμενος ἐπὶ τὴν κατὰ Μωσέα πολιτείαν, δεύτερον ἐπέχουσαν εὐσεβείας μετὰ τὸν πρῶτον ἐκεῖνον βαθμόν, τὸν δὴ καὶ μόνῳ τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει νενομοθετημένον. ὡς γὰρ μόνοις Ἰουδαίοις, οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἔθνεσιν ἦν ἁρμόδια τὰ διὰ Μωσέως οὐδὲ δυνατὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, λέγω δὲ τοῖς πόρρω που τῆς Ἰουδαίας γῆς οἰκοῦσιν Ἕλλησί τε καὶ βαρβάροις, φυλάττεσθαι κατὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον καιρὸν ἀποδείξομεν. νυνὶ δὲ καὶ τούτου, λέγω δὲ τοῦ κατὰ Μωσέα βίου, τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἐμαῖς φωναῖς, αὐτῶν δὲ μόνων πάλιν τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐπὶ τῇ πατρίῳ δεδοκιμασμένων παιδεύσει παραθήσομαι· καὶ γάρ μοι προσήκειν ἡγοῦμαι ταύτη, ᾗπερ καὶ ἠρξάμην, διὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἑκάστῳ τὰς τῶν ἀποδείξεων μαρτυρίας παρέ8.1.4 χειν. ὥσπερ οὖν Φοίνικας καὶ Αἰγυπτίους καὶ Ἕλληνας τῶν παρὰ σφίσι γνωρίμων κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν χώραν μάρτυρας ἀνεκαλούμην, ταύτη μοι καὶ τούσδε ὁ παρὼν καιρὸς δοκεῖ ἐπιτηδείως εἰσποιεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς τὰ ὀθνεῖα νομίζεσθαι κατασχεδιάζειν.
Chapter 1. Prooimion: On the Mosaic Theosebes Politeuma. The lives of the ancient Hebrews, those men beloved of God who truly fulfilled that appellation, who before the appearance of Moses were crowned with the prizes of every virtue, together with their theosebe dogmata and paideumata, and further their pious and entirely true theologies, for which we have confessed to have come to love and desire, having traversed these in the preceding book, I now proceed, using the same order, to the Mosaic politeia, which holds the second rank of piety after that first degree, the one indeed legislated for the Jewish nation alone. For we will show that the things through Moses were suitable for the Jews alone, and no longer for the nations throughout the world, nor possible for all men, I mean for those dwelling far from the land of Judaea, both Greeks and barbarians, to observe according to the proper time. And now also of this, I mean of the Mosaic life, I will set forth the manner not in my own words, but again only of those men who are approved in their ancestral education. For I consider it fitting for me, as I also began, to provide the testimonies of the proofs through the appropriate authorities for each. Just as I summoned Phoenicians and Egyptians and Greeks as witnesses from among their own notable men in their own country, so too does the present occasion seem to me suitably to adopt these, and not for us ourselves to be thought to fabricate foreign matters.
Πρὶν δ' ἐπὶ τοῦτ' ἐλθεῖν, ὅπως εἰς Ἕλληνας τὰ παρ' αὐτοῖς παρῆλθε λόγια καὶ τίς ὁ τρόπος συνέστη τῆς τῶν πεπιστευμένων αὐτοῖς θείων γραφῶν ἑρμηνείας δι' ὅσων τε καὶ ὁποίων ἀνδρῶν καὶ δι' ὁπόσης βασιλικῆς σπουδῆς τῆς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα γλῶσσαν μεταβολῆς ἔτυχε, τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἡγοῦμαι εἰς φανερὸν θέσθαι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν, οὐκ ἀσυμβούλου μοι γενησομένης καὶ τῆς τούτων ἐκθέσεως εἰς τὴν τῆς Εὐαγγελικῆς Προπαρασκευῆς ἀπόδειξιν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὅσον οὔπω τὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν βιωφελοῦς κηρύξεως ἔμελλεν ἐπὶ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς εἰς πάντας ἐκλάμπειν ἀνθρώπους λόγος τε οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν ᾕρει τὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείας τόν τε βίον τῶν πάλαι θεοφιλῶν Ἑβραίων καὶ τὰ τῆς εὐσεβοῦς διδασκαλίας αὐτῶν μαθήματα, τῇ πατρίῳ αὐτῶν φωνῇ ἐξ αἰῶνος μακροῦ κεκαλυμμένα, ἤδη ποτὲ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, οἷς τὰ τῆς θεογνωσίας ἔμελλε προξενεῖσθαι, παρελθεῖν, θεὸς αὐτὸς ὁ τῶνδε τῶν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος, προλαβὼν τὸ μέλλον ὡς ἂν θεὸς τῇ προγνώσει, τὰς περὶ τοῦ πάντων ἀνθρώπων οὐκ εἰς μακρὸν ἀναφανησομένου σωτῆρος διδασκάλου τε εὐσεβείας ἑνὸς τοῦ ἐπὶ πάντων θεοῦ πᾶσι τοῖς ὑφ' ἥλιον ἔθνεσι καταστησομένου προρρήσεις ἀποκαλυφθῆναι τοῖς πᾶσιν εἰς φῶς τε ἐλθεῖν ἐπ' ἀκριβὲς μεταβληθείσας δημοσίαις τε βιβλιοθήκαις ἀνατεθείσας διοικεῖται, βασιλεῖ Πτολεμαίῳ τοῦτο πρᾶξαι κατὰ νοῦν ἐμβαλών, εἰς προπαρασκευήν, ὡς ἔοικε, τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων ὅσον οὔπω μελλούσης ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔσεσθαι
Before coming to this, I consider it necessary to set before my readers a clear account of how the oracles among the Hebrews passed over to the Greeks, and of the manner in which the interpretation of the divine scriptures entrusted to them was established, and through how many and what kind of men, and through how much royal zeal, the translation into the Greek language was accomplished; for the exposition of these matters will not, I think, be without counsel for the demonstration of the Evangelical Preparation. For when, not long afterward, the life-beneficial proclamation of our savior was about to shine forth to all men under the Roman empire, and a discourse not ordinary was to carry the prophecies concerning him, the life of the ancient God-beloved Hebrews, and the teachings of their pious instruction, which had been concealed in their ancestral tongue for a long age, were at last to pass over to all the nations to whom the knowledge of God was about to be imparted; God himself, the author of these goods, anticipating the future by his foreknowledge as God, arranged that the predictions concerning the savior and teacher of piety, who was soon to appear for all men, and concerning the one God over all, who was to be established for all nations under the sun, should be revealed to all, brought to light, accurately translated, and deposited in public libraries, having put it into the mind of King Ptolemy to do this, as a preparation, as it seems, for the imminent conversion of all nations from them.
μεταλήψεως. ὧν γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως ἐτύχομεν παρὰ Ἰουδαίων, ἀποκρυψάντων ἂν τὰ παρ' αὐτοῖς λόγια διὰ τὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς φθόνον, τούτων ἐκ τῆς θεόθεν οἰκονομηθείσης ἑρμηνείας ἠξιώθημεν πρὸς τῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐπί τε συνέσει καὶ τῇ πατρίῳ παιδείᾳ δεδοκιμασμένων ἀνδρῶν μεταβληθέντων. γράφει δὲ ταῦτα Ἀρισταῖος, ἀνὴρ λόγιος μὲν ἄλλως, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ παρατυχὼν τοῖς πραχθεῖσι κατὰ τὸν δεύτερον Πτολεμαῖον, τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Φιλάδελφον, καθ' ὃν τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν γραφῶν διὰ σπουδῆς τοῦ βασιλέως γενόμενα τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν βιβλιοθηκῶν ἠξιώθη. ἐπακοῦσαι δὲ αὐτοῦ καιρὸς τόνδε πρὸς λέξιν ἱστοροῦντος τὸν τρόπον·
βʹ. ΑΡΙΣΤΑΙΟΥ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΕΡΜΗΝΕΙΑΣ ΤΩΝ ΠΑΡΑ ΙΟΥΔΑΙΟΙΣ ΓΡΑΦΩΝ «Κατασταθεὶς ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως βιβλιοθήκης Δημήτριος ὁ Φαληρεὺς ἐχρηματίσθη πολλὰ διάφορα πρὸς τὸ συναγαγεῖν ἅπαντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην βιβλία, καὶ ποιούμενος ἀγορασμοὺς καὶ μεταγραφὰς ἐπὶ τέλος ἤγαγεν ὅσον ἐφ' ἑαυτῷ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως πρόθεσιν. παρόντων οὖν ἡμῶν ἐρωτηθεὶς πόσαι τινὲς μυριάδες τυγχάνουσι βιβλίων, εἶπεν· Ὑπὲρ τὰς εἴκοσι, βασιλεῦ· σπουδάσω δ' ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ πρὸς τὸ πληρωθῆναι πεντήκοντα μυριάδας τὰ λοιπά. προσήγγελται δέ μοι καὶ τὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων νόμιμα μεταγραφῆς ἄξια καὶ τῆς παρὰ σοὶ βιβλιοθήκης εἶναι. Τί τὸ κωλῦον οὖν, εἶπεν, ἐστί σε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; πάντα γὰρ ἀποτέτακταί σοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος εἶπεν· Ἑρμηνείας προσδεῖται· χαρακτῆρσι γὰρ ἰδίοις κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν χρῶνται, καθάπερ Αἰγύπτιοι τῇ τῶν γραμμάτων θέσει, καθὸ καὶ φωνὴν ἰδίαν ἔχουσιν. ὑπολαμβά8.2.4 νονται δὲ Συριακῇ χρῆσθαι·
translation. For we would not have obtained these things from the Jews in any other way, since they would have hidden their own oracles out of envy toward us, but we were deemed worthy of these things from the divinely ordained translation by men among them who were approved both in understanding and in their ancestral education, who rendered them. Now Aristaeus writes these things, a learned man otherwise, but also one who was present at the events under the second Ptolemy, surnamed Philadelphus, at which time the translation of the Jewish scriptures was accomplished through the zeal of the king and deemed worthy of the libraries in Alexandria. It is time to hear him, as he recounts the manner in the following words verbatim:
2. ARISTAEUS ON THE TRANSLATION OF THE SCRIPTURES AMONG THE JEWS: "Demetrius of Phalerum, having been placed in charge of the king's library, was commissioned with many funds to collect all the books throughout the inhabited world, and by making purchases and transcriptions he brought to completion, as far as it depended on him, the king's purpose. So when we were present, being asked how many tens of thousands of books there were, he said: 'More than twenty, O king; but I will endeavor in a short time to have the remaining ones reach five hundred thousand. It has also been reported to me that the laws of the Jews are worthy of transcription and of a place in your library.' 'What then prevents you,' he said, 'from doing this? For everything you need has been provided.' And Demetrius said: 'They require translation; for they use their own characters in Judea, just as the Egyptians use their own arrangement of letters, and they also have their own language. They are thought to use Syriac.'
τὸ δ' οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ' ἕτερος τρόπος. μεταλαβὼν δὲ ἕκαστα ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπε γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅπως τὰ προειρημένα τελείωσιν λάβῃ.» Καὶ μεθ' ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει· «Ὡς δὲ κατεπράχθη ταῦτα, τὸν Δημήτριον ἐκέλευσεν εἰσδοῦναι περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν βιβλίων ἀναγραφῆς. πάντα γὰρ διὰ προσταγμάτων καὶ μεγάλης ἀκριβείας τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τούτοις διῳκεῖτο καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπερριμμένως οὐδὲ εἰκῆ. διόπερ καὶ τὸ τῆς εἰσδόσεως καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα κατακεχώρικα καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀπεσταλμένων πλῆθος καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου κατασκευήν, διὰ τὸ μεγαλομερείᾳ καὶ τέχνῃ διαφέρειν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. τῆς δὲ εἰσδόσεώς ἐστιν ἀντίγραφον τόδε·
γʹ. ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΔΗΜΗΤΡΙΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΦΑΛΗΡΕΩΣ ΠΡΟΣ ΠΤΟΛΕΜΑΙΟΝ ΤΟΝ ΑΙΓΥΠΤΟΥ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΑ «Βασιλεῖ μεγάλῳ παρὰ Δημητρίου. Προστάξαντός σου, βασιλεῦ, περὶ τῶν ἀπολειφθέντων εἰς τὴν συμπλήρωσιν τῆς βιβλιοθήκης βιβλιοθήκης βιβλίων, ὅπως ἐπισυναχθῇ καὶ τὰ διαπεπτωκότα τύχῃ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπισκευῆς, πεποιημέ8.3.2 νος οὐ παρέργως τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπιμέλειαν προσαναφέρω σοι. τὰ δὲ τοῦ νόμου τῶν Ἰουδαίων βιβλία σὺν ἑτέροις ὀλίγοις τισὶν ἀπολείπει. τυγχάνει γὰρ Ἑβραϊκοῖς γράμμασι καὶ φωνῇ λεγόμενα· ἀμελέστερον δὲ καὶ οὐχ ὡς ὑπάρχει σεσήμανται, καθὼς ὑπὸ τῶν εἰδότων προσαναφέρεται· προνοίας γὰρ βασιλι8.3.3 κῆς οὐ τετύχηκε. δέον δὲ ἔτι καὶ ταῦθ' ὑπάρχειν παρὰ σοὶ διηκριβωμένα, διὰ τὸ καὶ φιλοσοφωτέραν εἶναι καὶ ἀκέραιον τὴν νομοθεσίαν ταύτην, ὡς ἂν οὖσαν θείαν.
But this is not the case; rather, it is a different manner. When the king had received each of these things, he ordered that a letter be written to the high priest of the Jews, so that the aforementioned matters might be brought to completion.» And after other things he adds: «When these things had been accomplished, he ordered Demetrius to submit a report concerning the transcription of the Jewish books. For everything was managed by these kings through decrees and great precision, and nothing was done carelessly or at random. For this reason I have also recorded the copy of the report and the copies of the letters, as well as the number of those sent and the construction of each, because each of them excels in magnificence and craftsmanship. And the copy of the report is as follows:
3. Letter of Demetrius of Phalerum to Ptolemy, King of Egypt: «To the great king from Demetrius. Since you, O king, have given orders concerning the books that are still missing for the completion of the library, that those which have been scattered should be collected and receive the appropriate restoration, I, having applied myself not casually to the care of these matters, report to you. The books of the law of the Jews, along with a few others, are still missing. For they are written in Hebrew characters and language, and they have been copied carelessly and not as they actually are, according to the report of those who know; for they have not received royal attention. It is necessary that these also be available to you in an accurate form, because this legislation is more philosophical and pure, as being divine.
διὸ πόρρω γεγόνασιν οἵ τε συγγραφεῖς καὶ ποιηταὶ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἱστορικῶν πλῆθος τῆς ἐπιμνήσεως τῶν προειρημένων βιβλίων καὶ τῶν κατ' αὐτὰ πεπολιτευμένων ἀνδρῶν, διὰ τὸ ἁγνήν τινα καὶ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν ἐν
αὐτοῖς θεωρίαν, ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης. ἐὰν οὖν φαίνηται, βασιλεῦ, γραφήσεται πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀποστεῖλαι τοὺς μάλιστα καλῶς βεβιωκότας καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ἄνδρας, ἐμπείρους τῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον τὸν ἑαυτῶν, ἀφ' ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως τὸ σύμφωνον ἐκ τῶν πλειόνων ἐξετάσαντες καὶ λαβόντες τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν ἀκριβές, ἀξίως καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς σῆς προαιρέσεως θῶμεν εὐσήμως. εὐτύχει διὰ παντός.» Τῆς δὲ εἰσδόσεως ταύτης γενομένης ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον περὶ τούτων, σημάναντας καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. ἔδωκε δὲ καὶ εἰς κατασκευὴν κρατήρων τε καὶ φιαλῶν καὶ τραπέζης καὶ σπονδείων χρυσίου μὲν ὁλκῆς τάλαντα πεντήκοντα καὶ ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ λίθων ἱκανόν τι πλῆθος. ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς χρηματοφύλακας τοῖς τεχνίταις ὧν ἂν προαιρῶνται τὴν ἐκλογὴν διδόναι καὶ νομίσματος εἰς θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πρὸς τάλαντα ἑκατόν. δηλώσομεν δέ σοι περὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς, ὡς ἂν τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα διέλθωμεν. ἦν δὲ ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ τὸν τύπον ἔχουσα τοῦτον·
Therefore, both the writers and poets and the multitude of historians have been far from mentioning the aforementioned books and the men who lived according to them, because the contemplation in them is pure and holy, as Hecataeus of Abdera says. If it seems good, O king, a letter will be written to the high priest in Jerusalem to send men who have lived most virtuously and are elders, experienced in their own law, six from each tribe, so that, having examined the agreement from the majority and obtained accuracy in translation, we may set it forth worthily both of the matters and of your purpose, with good order. Farewell always. When this proposal was made, the king ordered that a letter be written to Eleazar about these matters, also indicating the ransom of the captives that had taken place. He also gave for the construction of mixing bowls, phials, a table, and libation vessels fifty talents of gold and seventy talents of silver and a considerable quantity of stones. He ordered the treasurers to give the craftsmen the selection of whatever they might choose, and one hundred talents for sacrifices and other expenses. We will inform you about the construction when we have gone through the copies of the letters. The king's letter was of this form:
δʹ. ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΩΣ ΠΤΟΛΕΜΑΙΟΥ ΠΡΟΣ ΕΛΕΑΖΑΡΟΝ ΑΡΧΙΕΡΕΑ «Βασιλεὺς Πτολεμαῖος Ἐλεαζάρῳ ἀρχιερεῖ χαίρειν καὶ ἐρρῶσθαι. Ἐπεὶ συμβαίνει πλείονας τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν κατῳκίσθαι, γενηθέντας ἀνασπάστους ἐκ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὑπὸ Περσῶν καθ' ὃν ἐπεκράτουν χρόνον, ἔτι δὲ καὶ συνεισεληλυθέναι τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον αἰχμαλώτους, ἀφ' ὧν καὶ πλείονας εἰς τὸ στρατιωτικὸν σύνταγμα κατεχώρισεν ἐπὶ μείζοσι μισθοφορίαις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς προόντας κρίνας πιστοὺς φρούρια κτίσας ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοῖς, ὅπως τὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἔθνος φόβον ἔχῃ διὰ τούτων· καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ παραλαβόντες τὴν βασιλείαν φιλανθρωπότερον ἀπαντῶμεν τοῖς πᾶσι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς σοῖς πολίταις· ὑπὲρ δέκα μυριάδας αἰχμαλώτων ἠλευθερώκαμεν, ἀποδόντες τοῖς κρατοῦσι τὴν κατ' ἀξίαν ἀργυρικὴν τιμήν, διορθούμενοι καὶ εἴ τι κακῶς ἐπράχθη διὰ τὰς τῶν ὄχλων ὁρμάς, διειληφότες εὐσεβῶς τοῦτο πράσσειν καὶ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ χαριστικὸν ἀνατιθέντες, ὃς ἡμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ δόξῃ τῇ κρατίστῃ παρ' ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην διατετήρηκεν· εἴς τε τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς ἀκμαιοτάτους ταῖς ἡλικίαις τετάχαμεν, τοὺς δὲ δυναμένους καὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς εἶναι καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν πίστεως ἀξίους ἐπικρίνων κατέστησα. βουλομένων δὲ ἡμῶν καὶ σοὶ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην Ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα, προῃρήμεθα τὸν νόμον ὑμῶν μεθερμηνευθῆναι γράμμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς ἐκ τῶν παρ' ὑμῖν Ἑβραϊκῶν λεγομένων γραμμάτων, ἵν' ὑπάρχῃ καὶ ταῦτα παρ' ἡμῖν ἐν βι8.4.3 βλιοθήκῃ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις βασιλικοῖς βιβλίοις.
4. Letter of King Ptolemy to Eleazar the High Priest
"King Ptolemy to Eleazar the high priest, greetings and good health. Since it happens that many of the Jews have been settled in our country, having been taken as captives from Jerusalem by the Persians during the time they held sway, and also that captives came with our father into Egypt, from whom he enrolled many in the military formation with higher pay, and likewise, judging those already there to be trustworthy, he built fortresses and gave them to them, so that the Egyptian nation might have fear through these; and we, having received the kingdom, treat all more humanely, but much more so your fellow citizens; we have freed more than ten thousand captives, paying to those who held them the appropriate silver price, also correcting whatever was done badly due to the impulses of the mobs, having resolved to do this piously and to dedicate it as a thank-offering to the greatest god, who has preserved our kingdom in peace and in the strongest glory throughout the whole inhabited world; and we have placed those most vigorous in age into the army, and those able to be with us and worthy of trust concerning the court we have appointed, judging them. And since we wish to gratify both you and all the Jews throughout the inhabited world and those hereafter, we have chosen to have your law translated into Greek letters from the Hebrew letters among you, so that these too may be with us in the library along with the other royal books.
καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας σπουδῆς ἀξίως, ἐπιλέξας ἄνδρας καλῶς βεβιωκότας, πρεσβυτέρους, ἐμπειρίαν ἔχοντας τοῦ νόμου καὶ δυνατοὺς ἑρμηνεῦσαι, ἀφ' ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως ἐκ τῶν πλειόνων τὸ σύμφωνον εὑρεθῇ, διὰ τὸ περὶ μειζόνων εἶναι τὴν σκέψιν. οἰόμεθα γὰρ ἐπιτελεσθέντος τούτου μεγάλην ἀποίσεσθαι δόξαν. ἀπεστάλκαμεν δὲ περὶ τούτων Ἀνδρέαν τῶν ἀρχισωματοφυλάκων καὶ Ἀριστέαν, τιμωμένους παρ' ἡμῖν, διαλεξομένους σοι καὶ κομίζοντας ἀπαρχὰς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἀναθημάτων καὶ εἰς θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑκατόν. γράφε δὲ καὶ σὺ πρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ ὧν ἐὰν βούλῃ· κεχαρισμένος γὰρ ἔσῃ καὶ φιλίας ἄξιόν τι πράξεις, ὡς ἐπιτελεσθησομένων τὴν ταχίστην περὶ ὧν ἂν αἱρῇ. ἔρρωσο.» Πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀντέγραψεν ἐνδεχομένως ὁ Ἐλεάζαρος τάδε·
εʹ. ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΕΛΕΑΖΑΡΟΥ ΑΡΧΙΕΡΕΩΣ ΠΡΟΣ ΠΤΟΛΕΜΑΙΟΝ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΑ «Ἐλεάζαρος ἀρχιερεὺς βασιλεῖ Πτολεμαίῳ, φίλῳ γνησίῳ, χαίρειν. Εἰ αὐτός τε ἔρρωσαι καὶ ἡ βασίλισσα Ἀρσινόη, ἡ ἀδελφή, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι καὶ ὡς βουλόμεθα, καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ ὑγιαίνομεν. λαβόντες τὴν παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστολὴν μεγάλως ἐχάρημεν διὰ τὴν προαίρεσίν σου καὶ τὴν καλὴν βουλὴν καὶ συναγαγόντες τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος παρανέγνωμεν αὐτοῖς, ἵν' εἰδῶσιν ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν εὐσέβειαν.
Therefore you will do well, and in a manner worthy of our zeal, by selecting men who have lived well, elders, having experience of the law and able to interpret, six from each tribe, so that from the majority the agreement may be found, since the inquiry concerns greater matters. For we think that when this is accomplished, we shall gain great renown. We have sent concerning these matters Andreas, one of the chief bodyguards, and Aristeas, men honored among us, to converse with you and to bring first-fruits for the temple as dedications and for sacrifices and the other things, one hundred talents of silver. Write also to us concerning whatever you wish; for you will be gratified and will do something worthy of friendship, as the matters concerning which you choose will be accomplished as quickly as possible. Farewell." To this letter Eleazar replied appropriately as follows:
5. Letter of Eleazar the High Priest to King Ptolemy "Eleazar the high priest to King Ptolemy, a genuine friend, greetings. If you yourself are well, and the queen Arsinoe, the sister, and the children, it would be well and as we wish, and we ourselves are healthy. Having received your letter, we rejoiced greatly because of your purpose and your good counsel, and having gathered the whole multitude we read it to them, so that they might know the piety you have toward our God.
ἐπεδείξαμεν δὲ καὶ τὰς φιάλας, ἃς ἀπέστειλας, χρυσᾶς εἴκοσι καὶ ἀργυρᾶς τριάκοντα, κρατῆρας πέντε καὶ τράπεζαν εἰς ἀνάθεσιν, καὶ εἰς προσαγωγὴν θυσιῶν καὶ εἰς ἐπισκευὰς ὧν ἂν προσδέηται τὸ ἱερόν, ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑκατόν, ἅπερ ἐκόμισαν Ἀνδρέας τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ σοὶ καὶ Ἀριστέας, ἄνδρες καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντες καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀγωγῆς καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἄξιοι κατὰ πάντα. οἳ καὶ μετέδωκαν ἡμῖν τὰ παρὰ σοῦ, πρὸς ἃ καὶ παρ' ἡμῶν ἀκηκόασιν ἁρμόζοντα τοῖς σοῖς πράγμασι. πάντα γὰρ ὅσα σοι συμφέρει, καὶ εἰ παρὰ φύσιν ἐστίν, ὑπακουσόμεθα. τοῦτο γὰρ φιλίας καὶ ἀγαπήσεως σημεῖόν ἐστι. μεγάλα γὰρ καὶ ἀνεπίληστα τοὺς πολί8.5.4 τας ἡμῶν κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους εὐηργέτηκας. εὐθέως οὖν προσηγάγομεν ὑπὲρ σοῦ θυσίας καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς καὶ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῶν φίλων, καὶ ηὔξατο πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, ἵνα σοι γένηται καθὼς προαιρῇ διὰ παντὸς καὶ διασώζῃ σοι τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ μετὰ δόξης ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων θεός. καὶ ὅπως γένηται συμφερόντως καὶ μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου νόμου μεταγραφή, παρόντων πάντων ἐπελεξάμην ἄνδρας καλοὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς, πρεσβυτέρους, ἀφ' ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, οὓς καὶ ἀπεστάλκαμεν ἔχοντας τὸν νόμον. καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις, βασιλεῦ δίκαιε, προστάξας ὡς ἂν ἡ μεταγραφὴ γένηται τῶν βιβλίων, ἵνα πάλιν ἀποκατασταθῶσι πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀσφαλῶς οἱ ἄνδρες· ἔρρωσο.» Τούτοις ἑξῆς, πολλὰ διὰ μέσου περὶ τῆς προτεθείσης εἰπὼν πραγματείας, μετὰ τὴν τῶν γραφῶν ἑρμηνείαν ἐπιφέρει αὐτοῖς ῥήμασι·
We also displayed the bowls which you sent, twenty of gold and thirty of silver, five mixing-bowls and a table for dedication, and for the offering of sacrifices and for the repairs of whatever the temple might need, a hundred talents of silver, which were brought by Andrew, one of those honored by you, and Aristeas, men who are good and noble, distinguished in education, and worthy in every respect of your upbringing and justice. They also communicated to us what came from you, to which we have responded in a manner fitting to your affairs. For everything that is to your advantage, even if it is contrary to nature, we will comply. For this is a sign of friendship and affection. For you have greatly and unforgettably benefited our citizens in many ways. Immediately, therefore, we offered sacrifices on your behalf and on behalf of your sister, your children, and your friends, and the whole multitude prayed that it might be for you as you desire always, and that the God who rules over all may preserve your kingdom in peace with glory. And so that the transcription of the sacred law might be carried out advantageously and with security, in the presence of all I selected good and noble men, elders, six from each tribe, whom we have sent bearing the law. Therefore you will do well, O just king, by ordering how the transcription of the books is to be done, so that the men may be safely restored to us again. Farewell. After these things, having said much in the course of the proposed treatise, after the interpretation of the scriptures he adds in these very words:
«Καθὼς δ' ἀνεγνώσθη τὰ τεύχη, στάντες οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ τῶν ἑρμηνέων οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πολιτεύματος οἵ τε ἡγούμενοι τοῦ πλήθους εἶπον· Ἐπεὶ καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως διηρμήνευται καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἀκριβῶς, καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶν ἵνα διαμένῃ ταῦθ' οὕτως ἔχοντα καὶ μὴ γένηται μηδεμία διασκευή. πάντων δὲ ἐπιφωνησάντων τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἐκέλευσαν ἐπαρᾶσθαι, καθὼς ἔθος αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, εἴ τις διασκευάσει προστιθεὶς ἢ μεταφέρων τι τὸ σύνολον τῶν γεγραμμένων ἢ ποιούμενος ἀφαίρεσιν· καλῶς τοῦτο πράσσοντες, ἵνα διὰ παντὸς ἀέναα μένοντα φυλάσσηται. προσφωνηθέντων δὲ καὶ τούτων τῷ βασιλεῖ μεγάλως ἐχάρη· τὴν γὰρ πρόθεσιν ἣν εἶχεν ἀσφαλῶς ἔδοξε τετελειῶσθαι. παρανεγνώσθη δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πάντα, καὶ λίαν ἐξεθαύμασε τὴν τοῦ νομοθέτου διάνοιαν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Δημήτριον εἶπε· Πῶς τηλικούτων πραγμάτων συντετελεσμένων οὐδεὶς ἐπεβάλετο τῶν ἱστορικῶν οὐδὲ ποιητῶν ἐπιμνησθῆναι; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη· Διὰ τὸ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν νομοθεσίαν καὶ διὰ θεοῦ γεγονέναι, καὶ τῶν ἐπιβαλλομένων τινὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πληγέντες τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀπέστησαν. καὶ γὰρ ἔφησεν ἀκηκοέναι Θεοπόμπου, διότι μέλλων τινὰ τῶν προηρμηνευμένων ἐπισφαλέστερον ἐκ τοῦ νόμου προσιστορεῖν ταραχὴν λάβοι τῆς διανοίας πλεῖον ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα· κατὰ δὲ τὴν αἴτησιν ἐξιλάσκεσθαι τὸν θεὸν σαφὲς αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, τίνος χάριν τὸ συμβαῖνόν ἐστι· δι' ὀνείρου δὲ μαθόντος ὅτι τὰ θεῖα βούλεται περιεργασάμενος εἰς κοινοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκφέρειν, ἀποσχόμενον δὲ οὕτως ἀποκαταστῆναι.
When the rolls had been read, the priests, the senior interpreters, and the leaders of the people from the citizen body stood and said: Since the translation has been made well and piously and with complete accuracy, it is fitting that these things should remain as they are and that no revision should take place. And when all had assented to what was said, they ordered that a curse be pronounced, as is their custom, if anyone should revise by adding or altering anything whatsoever in the written text or by making a deletion; and they did this well, so that it might be preserved unchanged forever. When these things were reported to the king, he rejoiced greatly, for he thought that the purpose he had in mind had been securely accomplished. Everything was also read to him, and he greatly admired the mind of the lawgiver and said to Demetrius: How is it that, with such great things accomplished, none of the historians or poets has undertaken to mention them? And he replied: Because the legislation is sacred and has come from God, and some of those who attempted it were struck by God and desisted from their attempt. For he said that he had heard of Theopompus, that when he was about to relate some of the things already translated from the law in a rather reckless manner, he suffered a disturbance of his mind for more than thirty days; and that when, in response to his prayer, he propitiated God, it became clear to him why this had happened; and that, having learned through a dream that he was meddling with divine matters and bringing them out to common people, he desisted and thus recovered.
καὶ παρὰ Θεοδέκτου δὲ τοῦ τῶν τραγῳδιῶν ποιητοῦ μετέλαβον ἐγὼ διότι παραφέρειν μέλλοντός τι τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ πρός τι δρᾶμα τὰς ὄψεις ἀπεγλαυκώθη καὶ λαβὼν
ὑπόνοιαν ὅτι διὰ τοῦτ' αὐτῷ γέγονεν, ἐξιλασάμενος τὸν θεὸν ἐν πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ἀποκατέστη. μεταλαβὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς, καθὼς προεῖπον, περὶ τούτων τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου, προσκυνήσας ἐκέλευσε μεγάλην ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν βιβλίων καὶ συντηρεῖν ἁγνῶς.» Ταῦθ' ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ δηλωθέντος ἐπιτετμήσθω γραφῆς. φέρε λοιπὸν καὶ τὸ πολίτευμα τῆς κατὰ Μωσέα νομοθεσίας ἐκ τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἀνδράσι διαφανῶν θεασώμεθα. πρῶτα δὲ θήσω Φίλωνος τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀπ' Αἰγύπτου πορείας τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἣν πεποίηνται Μωσέως ἡγουμένου, ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου συγγράμματος ὧν ἐπέγραψεν Ὑποθετικῶν, ἔνθα τὸν ὑπὲρ Ἰουδαίων, ὡς πρὸς κατηγόρους αὐτῶν, ποιούμενος λόγον ταῦτά φησιν·
ς ʹ.
And from Theodectes, the tragic poet, I learned that when he was about to bring forward something from the writings recorded in the book for a drama, his eyes grew dim, and suspecting that this had happened to him for that reason, he propitiated the god and after many days recovered. And the king, as I said before, having learned of these things from Demetrius, prostrated himself and ordered that great care be taken of the books and that they be preserved reverently. Let this be abridged for us from the writing of the aforementioned author. Come then, let us also examine the constitution of the Mosaic legislation from the works of distinguished men. First I will set down the words of Philo concerning the departure of the Jews from Egypt, which they made under the leadership of Moses, from the first book of his Hypothetica, where, making a speech on behalf of the Jews as against their accusers, he says the following:
6.
ΦΙΛΩΝΟΣ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΑΠ' ΑΙΓΥΠΤΟΥ ΠΟΡΕΙΑΣ ΤΩΝ ΙΟΥΔΑΙΩΝ «Τὸν μὲν παλαιὸν αὐτοῖς πρόγονον ἀπὸ Χαλδαίων εἶναι, τὸν δὲ λαὸν ἀναστῆναι τοῦτον ἐξ Αἰγύπτου μετῳκισμένον ἀπὸ Συρίας τὸ πάλαι, μυριάσι τε ἀμυθήτοις πλήθοντα καὶ τῆς γῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἱκανῆς, πρὸς δ' ἔτι καὶ νεότητι φρονημάτων ἐντεθραμμένον μεγάλως καὶ ἅμα τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ φασμάτων καὶ ὀνειράτων ἔξοδον αὐτοῖς δηλοῦντος, καὶ οὐδενὸς ἧττον εἰς πόθον κατὰ δαίμονα ἐμπεσόντας τῆς πατρίου καὶ ἀρχαίας γῆς ὅθεν δὴ καὶ τὸν πρόγονον ἐκεῖνον αὐτοῖς μετελθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, εἴτε τῷ θεῷ δὴ δόξαν εἴτε προνοίᾳ τινί πάντων εὐδαιμονῆσαι μάλιστα, ὡς ἀπ' ἐκείνου μέχρις εἰς τὸ παρὸν τό τε ἔθνος αὐτοῖς καὶ γεγενῆσθαι καὶ διαμένειν κἀπὶ τοσοῦτον ὑπερβάλλειν εἰς πολυανδρίαν.» Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησίν· «Ἀνήρ γε μὴν αὐτοῖς ἡγεῖτο τῆς τε ἐξόδου καὶ τῆς πορείας εἰς οὐδὲν τῶν πολλῶν, εἰ βούλει, διάφορος· οὕτω καὶ ἐλοιδόρουν γόητα καὶ κέρκωπα λόγων. καλῆς μέντοι γοητείας καὶ πανουργίας! ἐξ ἧς τόν γε λαὸν ἅπαντα ἐν ἀνυδρίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ καὶ τῶν ὁδῶν ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ ἀπορίᾳ τῶν συμπάντων οὐ μόνον εἰς τὸ παντελὲς διεσώσατο καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ πάσῃ καὶ παραπομπῇ τῶν μεταξὺ κειμένων ἐθνῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀστασιάστους αὐτοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν μάλιστα εὐπειθεῖς διεφύλαξε. καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ὀλίγον δήπου χρόνον, ἀλλ' ὅσον οὐδ' οἰκίαν ἐν ὁμοφροσύνῃ συμμεῖναι μετὰ πάσης εὐθηνείας εἰκός ἐστι. καὶ οὐ δίψος, οὐ λιμός, οὐ φθορὰ σωμάτων, οὐχὶ φόβος περὶ τῶν μελλόντων, οὐκ ἄγνοια τῶν συμβησομένων ἐπὶ τὸν γόητα ἐκεῖνον ἐπῆρε τοὺς ἐξαπατωμένους καὶ περι8.6.4 φθειρομένους λαούς.
Philo on the Departure of the Jews from Egypt: "Their ancient ancestor was from the Chaldeans, and this people arose from Egypt, having been formerly settled from Syria, teeming with countless myriads, and the land not being sufficient, and moreover being nurtured in great pride of spirit, and at the same time the god revealing to them an exodus through visions and dreams, and they fell, no less than by divine impulse, into a longing for their ancestral and ancient land, whence indeed that ancestor of theirs had come to Egypt, whether by the god's will or by some providence that all might especially prosper, so that from that time until the present their nation has both come into being and endured and even exceeded to such a degree in populousness." And shortly after he says: "A man indeed led them in the exodus and the journey, in no way different from the many, if you will; thus they reviled him as a sorcerer and a cunning chatterer. Yet what a fine sorcery and cunning! From which he not only preserved the entire people in waterlessness, famine, ignorance of the roads, and lack of all necessities, to the fullest extent, and as if in complete abundance and with safe passage through the intervening nations, but also kept them free from strife among themselves and especially obedient to him. And this not for a short time, as you might suppose, but for as long as not even a household is likely to remain in harmony with complete prosperity. And neither thirst, nor famine, nor bodily destruction, nor fear of the future, nor ignorance of what would happen, incited those deceived and utterly ruined peoples against that sorcerer.
καίτοι τί βούλει φῶμεν; ἐκείνῳ τινὰ εἶναι τοσαύτην τέχνην ἢ δεινότητα λόγων ἢ σύνεσιν, ὡς τῶν τοσούτων καὶ τοιούτων ἀτόπων καὶ πρὸς ὄλεθρον ἅπαντας ἀγόντων ἐπικρατεῖν; ἢ γὰρ τὰς φύσεις τῶν ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἀμαθῶς οὐδὲ δυσκόλως, ἀλλ' εὐπειθῶς καὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος οὐκ ἀπρονοήτως ἔχειν ἢ τούτους μὲν ὡς μάλιστα κακοὺς εἶναι, τὸν δὲ θεὸν τὰς δυσκολίας αὐτοῖς πραΰνειν καὶ τοῦ παρόντος καὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ὥσπερ ἐπιστατεῖν. ὅπερ γάρ σοι μάλιστα ἂν ἐκ τούτων ἀληθὲς εἶναι δόξῃ, πρὸς ἐπαίνου καὶ τιμῆς καὶ ζήλου περὶ αὐτῶν συμπάντων ἰσχύειν φαίνεται. καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς ἐξόδου δὴ ταῦτα. ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην ἦλθον, ὅπως μέν ποτε ἄρα ἱδρύθησαν καὶ τὴν χώραν ἔσχον ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀναγραφαῖς δηλοῦται· οὐ μὴν ἔγωγε δικαιῶ μᾶλλον καθ' ἱστορίαν ἢ κατά τινα λογισμὸν περὶ αὐτῶν τὰ εἰκότα ἐπεξελθεῖν. πότερον γάρ ποτε βούλει τῷ πλήθει τῷ κατὰ τῶν σωμάτων ἔτι περιόντας, καίπερ εἰς τέλος κεκακωμένους, ὅμως δ' ἰσχύοντας καὶ τὰ ὅπλα ἐν χερσὶν ἔχοντας εἶτα κατὰ κράτος ἑλεῖν τὴν χώραν, Σύρους τε ὁμοῦ καὶ Φοίνικας ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἐκείνων γῇ μαχομένους νικῶντας; ἢ τοὺς μὲν ἀπολέμους καὶ ἀνάνδρους εἶναι καὶ παντελῶς ὀλίγους ὑποθώμεθα καὶ τῶν εἰς πόλεμον παρασκευῶν ἀπόρους, αἰδέσεως δὲ τυχεῖν παρὰ τούτοις καὶ τὴν
And what shall we say? That he possesses such great skill or rhetorical power or intelligence as to prevail over so many and such absurdities, all leading to destruction? For either the natures of the men under him are not ignorant or difficult, but obedient and not without forethought for the future, or these men are as evil as possible, while God softens their difficulties and presides over both present and future. For whichever of these seems to you most true from these considerations, it appears to hold force for praise, honor, and emulation concerning all of them together. So much for the departure. But when they came to this land, how they were settled and took possession of the country is revealed in the sacred records; I, however, do not deem it right to go through the probabilities concerning them more by historical narrative than by some reasoning. For do you wish that the multitude, still surviving in body, though utterly afflicted, yet strong and with arms in hand, then took the land by force, conquering both Syrians and Phoenicians fighting in their own land? Or shall we suppose that they were unwarlike and cowardly and altogether few and lacking in military preparations, but obtained respect from these and
γῆν λαβεῖν παρ' ἑκόντων, ἔπειτα δ' εὐθὺς οὐκ εἰς μακρὸν τόν τε νεὼν οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ τἄλλα εἰς εὐσέ8.6.7 βειαν καὶ ἁγιστείαν καταστήσασθαι; δηλοῖ γάρ, ὡς ἔοικε, ταῦτά γε καὶ θεοφιλεστάτους αὐτοὺς ἀνωμολογῆσθαι καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς· ἐχθροὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὧν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξαίφνης ἦλθον ὡς ἀφαιρησόμενοι. παρὰ τούτοις δ' οὖν αἰδέσεως καὶ τιμῆς τυγχάνοντες πῶς οὐχ ὑπερβάλλειν εὐτυχίᾳ τοὺς ἄλλους φαίνονται; τίνα δὴ τὰ δεύτερα ἐφεξῆς ἢ τρίτα πρὸς τούτοις λέγωμεν; πότερον τὸ τῆς εὐνομίας καὶ εὐπειθείας αὐτῶν ἢ τῆς ὁσιότητος καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ εὐσεβείας; ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν ἄνδρα ἐκεῖνον, ὅστις ποτὲ ἦν ὁ τοὺς νόμους αὐτοῖς θείς, οὕτω σφόδρα ἐθαύμασαν, ὡς ὅ τι δήποτε ἔδοξεν ἐκείνῳ, καὶ αὐτοῖς. εἴτε οὖν λελογισμένος αὐτὸς εἴτε ἀκούων παρὰ δαίμονος ἔφρασεν, ἅπαν τοῦτο εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀνάγειν καὶ πλειόνων ἐτῶν διεληλυθότων τὸ μὲν ἀκριβὲς οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν ὁπόσα, πλέω δ' οὖν ἢ δισχίλιά ἐστι, μηδὲ ῥῆμά γε αὐτὸ μόνον τῶν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένων κινῆσαι, ἀλλὰ κἂν μυριάκις αὐτοὺς ἀποθανεῖν ὑπομεῖναι θᾶττον ἢ τοῖς ἐκείνου νόμοις καὶ ἔθεσιν ἐναντία πεισθῆναι.» Ταῦτ' εἰπὼν ἐπιτέμνεται τὴν ἐκ τῶν Μωσέως νόμων καταβεβλημένην τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει πολιτείαν, γράφων οὕτως·
to take land from willing givers, and then immediately, not long after, to build the temple and establish the other things for piety and sanctity? For this shows, it seems, that they were acknowledged as most beloved of God even by their enemies; for they were necessarily enemies of those whose land they suddenly came to as if to take it away. Yet among these they received respect and honor—how do they not appear to surpass others in good fortune? What then shall we say are the second or third things in order after these? Is it their good order and obedience, or their holiness, justice, and piety? But that man, whoever he was who gave them the laws, they admired so greatly that whatever seemed good to him seemed good to them as well. Whether he himself reasoned or heard from a demon and spoke, they refer all this to God, and though many years have passed—I cannot say exactly how many, but it is more than two thousand—they have not moved even a single word of what he wrote, but would endure death ten thousand times rather than be persuaded to act contrary to his laws and customs. Having said this, he summarizes the polity established for the Jewish nation from the laws of Moses, writing as follows:
ζʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΚΑΤΑ ΜΩΣΕΑ ΘΕΟΣΕΒΟΥΣ ΠΟΛΙΤΕΙΑΣ «Ἆρά τι τούτων ἢ τούτοις προσόμοιον παρ' ἐκείνοις ἐστί, πρᾶον εἶναι δοκοῦν καὶ τιθασὸν καὶ δικῶν ἐπαγωγὰς καὶ σκήψεις καὶ ἀναβολὰς καὶ τιμήσεις καὶ πάλιν ὑποτιμήσεις ἔχον; οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἁπλᾶ καὶ δῆλα. ἐὰν παιδεραστῇς, ἐὰν μοιχεύῃς, ἐὰν βιάσῃ παῖδα ἄρρενα μὲν μηδὲ λέγε, ἀλλὰ κἂν θήλειαν, ὁμοίως ἐὰν σαυτὸν καταπορνεύῃς, ἐὰν καὶ παρ' ἡλικίαν αἰσχρόν τι πάθῃς ἢ δοκῇς ἢ μέλλῃς, θάνατος ἡ ζημία. ἐὰν εἰς δοῦλον σῶμα, ἐὰν εἰς ἐλεύθερον ὑβρίζῃς, ἐὰν δεσμοῖς συνέχῃς, ἐὰν ἀπάγων πωλῇς, ἐὰν βέβηλα, ἐὰν ἱερὰ παρακλέπτῃς, ἐὰν ἀσεβῇς, οὐκ ἔργῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ῥήματι τῷ τυχόντι, εἰς μὲν θεὸν αὐτόν ἵλεως ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς περὶ τούτων ἐννοίας γένοιτο οὐδὲ ἄξιον λέγειν, ἀλλ' εἰς πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ἢ εὐεργέτην σαυτοῦ, θάνατος ὁμοίως, καὶ οὗτος οὐ κοινὸς οὐδ' ὁ τυχών, ἀλλὰ δεῖ καταλευσθῆναι τὸν εἰπόντα μόνον, ὡς οὐ χείρονα ἀσεβείας πράξαντα. ἄλλα δὲ αὖ πάλιν, ὁποῖά τινα· γυναῖκας ἀνδράσι δουλεύειν, πρὸς ὕβρεως μὲν οὐδεμιᾶς, πρὸς εὐπείθειαν δ' ἐν ἅπασι· γονεῖς παίδων ἄρχειν, ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ καὶ πολυωρίᾳ· τῶν ἑαυτοῦ κτημάτων ἕνα ἕκαστον κύριον εἶναι, μὴ θεόν γε ἐπιφημίσαντα αὐτοῖς μηδ' ὡς τῷ θεῷ ταῦτα ἀνίησιν. εἰ δὲ λόγῳ μόνον ὑποσχέσθαι προσπέσοι, ψαῦσαι καὶ θιγεῖν αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ' εὐθὺς ἁπάντων ἀποκεκλεῖσθαι.
7. On the Godly Polity According to Moses "Is there any of these things or anything similar to them among those people, which seems gentle and tame and involves delays, pretexts, postponements, valuations, and revaluations of suits? Nothing, but everything is simple and clear. If you are a pederast, if you commit adultery, if you force a male child—do not even mention it—but likewise if you force a female, if you prostitute yourself, if you suffer or seem to suffer or are about to suffer something shameful beyond your age, the penalty is death. If you insult the body of a slave, if you insult a free person, if you confine with bonds, if you lead away and sell, if you steal profane or sacred things, if you commit impiety, not only by deed but also by any chance word—concerning God himself, may God be gracious to us and may it not even be worthy to mention the thought of such things—but if you speak against your father or mother or benefactor, death likewise, and this not an ordinary or chance death, but the one who merely speaks must be stoned, as having committed no less an impiety. And then again, other things of a certain kind: women are to serve their husbands, not for any insult but for obedience in all things; parents are to rule their children, for their preservation and honor; each person is to be master of his own possessions, not ascribing them to God nor dedicating them as to God. But if a mere promise in word should occur, it is not permitted to touch or handle them, but one is immediately excluded from all.
μή μοι τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἁρπάζειν μηδ' ἀποσυλᾶν ἑτέρων ἀναθέντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν οἰκείων, ὥσπερ ἔφην, προσπεσόν τι καὶ λαθὸν αὐτὸν ῥῆμα ἐπ' ἀναθέσει, εἰπόντα δὲ πάντων στέρεσθαι, μεταγινώσκοντι δὲ ἢ ἐπανορθουμένῳ τὰ λελεγμένα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν προσαφαι8.7.5 ρεῖσθαι. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐφ' ὧν κύριός ἐστιν, ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος. ἐὰν ἐπιφημίσῃ τροφὴν γυναικὸς ἀνὴρ ἱερὰν εἶναι, τροφῆς ἀνέχειν· ἐὰν πατὴρ υἱῷ, ἐὰν ἄρχων τῷ ὑπηκόῳ, ταὐτόν. καὶ ἔκλυσις δὲ ἐπιφημισθέντων ἡ μὲν τελειοτάτη καὶ μεγίστη τοῦ ἱερέως ἀποφήσαντος· ὑπὸ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ κύριος οὗτος δέξασθαι· καὶ μετὰ ταύτην δὲ ἡ παρὰ τῶν μᾶλλον ἀεὶ κυρίων ὁσία ἵλεων τὸν θεὸν ἀποφαί8.7.6 νειν, ὡς μηδὲ ἐπάναγκες τὴν ἀνάθεσιν δέχεσθαι. μυρία δὲ ἄλλα ἐπὶ τούτοις, ὅσα καὶ ἐπὶ ἀγράφων ἐθῶν καὶ νομίμων κἀν τοῖς νόμοις αὐτοῖς. ἅ τις παθεῖν ἐχθαίρει, μὴ ποιεῖν αὐτόν· ἃ μὴ κατέθηκεν, μηδ' ἀναιρεῖσθαι, μηδ' ἐκ πρασιᾶς μηδ' ἐκ ληνοῦ μηδ' ἐξ ἅλωνος· μὴ θημῶνος ὑφαιρεῖσθαι μέγα ἢ μικρὸν ἁπλῶς μηδέν· μὴ πυρὸς δεηθέντι
Do not let me snatch the offerings of the gods, nor despoil what others have dedicated, but also, as I said, if some word of one’s own falls out and escapes him in a dedication, and he says he is deprived of everything, and if he repents or corrects what was said, he is also deprived of his life. And in the other matters over which he is master, the same principle applies. If a man declares his wife’s food to be sacred, she must abstain from food; if a father declares it to his son, if a ruler to his subject, the same. And release from such declarations is either the most perfect and greatest, when the priest declares it; for he is authorized by God to receive it; and after this, the piety of those who are always more authoritative declares the god to be propitious, so that it is not even necessary to accept the dedication. And there are countless other things besides these, both in unwritten customs and practices and in the laws themselves. What one hates to suffer, he should not do to another; what he has not deposited, he should not take up, nor from a garden bed, nor from a wine vat, nor from a threshing floor; he should not remove anything from a heap, great or small, simply nothing; he should not refuse fire to one in need.
φθονεῖν· μὴ νάματα ὑδάτων ἀποκλείειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πτωχοῖς καὶ πηροῖς τροφὴν ἐρανίζουσι πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐαγῶς ἀνέχειν· μὴ ταφῆς νέκυν ἐξείργειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ γῆς αὐτοῖς ὅσον γε εἰς τὴν ὁσίαν προσεπιβάλλειν· μὴ θήκας, μὴ μνήματα ὅλως κατοιχομένων κινεῖν· μὴ δεσμά, μὴ κακὸν πλέον μηδὲ ἓν τῷ γε ἐν ἀνάγκαις προσεπιφέρειν· μὴ γονὴν ἀνδρῶν ἐκτέμνοντας, μὴ γυναικῶν ἀτοκίοις καὶ ἄλλαις μηχαναῖς ἀμβλοῦν· μὴ ζῴοις ἔμπαλιν ἢ κατέδειξεν εἴτ' οὖν ὁ θεὸς εἴτε τις καὶ νομοθέτης, προσφέρεσθαι· μὴ σπέρμα ἀφανί8.7.8 ζειν· μὴ γέννημα δουλοῦν· μὴ ζυγὸν ἄδικον ἀνθυποβάλλειν, μὴ κοίνικα ἄμετρον, μὴ νόμισμα ἄδικον· μὴ φίλων ἀπόρρητα ἐν ἔχθρᾳ φαίνειν· ποῦ δὴ πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῖν τὰ Βουζύγια ἐκεῖνα; ἄλλα δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ὅρα· μὴ παίδων διοικίζειν γονέας, μηδ' ἂν αἰχμαλώτους ἔχῃς· μὴ γυναῖκα ἀνδρός, κἂν νομίμως ἐωνημένος ᾖς δεσπότης. ἦ που σεμνότερα καὶ μείζω ταῦτα. ἄλλα δὲ μικρὰ καὶ τὰ τυχόντα· μὴ νεοττιάν φησι κατοικίδιον ἐρημοῦν, μὴ ζῴων ἱκεσίαν οἷα ἔσθ' ὅτε προσφευγόντων ἀναιρεῖν· μὴ εἴ τι τῶν τοιούτων ἧττόν ἐστιν. οὐδενὸς ἄξια ταῦτά γε ἴσως εἴποις ἄν· ἀλλ' ὅ γε ἐπ' αὐτοῖς νόμος ἐστὶ μέγας καὶ πάσης ἐπιμελείας αἴτιος, καὶ αἱ προρρήσεις μεγάλαι καὶ ἀραὶ κατά τε ἐξωλείας καὶ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸς ἐπόπτης τῶν τοιούτων καὶ τιμωρὸς ἁπανταχοῦ.» Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησίν· «Ὅλην δὲ ἡμέραν εἰ τύχοι, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ μίαν, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς καὶ ταύτας οὐκ εὐθὺς ἐφεξῆς ἀλλήλαις, ἀλλ' ἐκ διαλειμμάτων καὶ τούτων δὲ παρ' ἑπτά, κρατοῦντος, ὡς εἰκός, αἰεὶ τοῦ παρὰ τὰς βεβήλους ἔθους, μηθὲν ἂν παραβῆναι τῶν προστεταγμένων οὐ θαυμάζεις;
envy; not to block the streams of waters, but to hold out reverently to the god for beggars and the blind who gather food; not to exclude a corpse from burial, but to add to them as much earth as is needed for piety; not to disturb tombs or monuments of the departed at all; not to add bonds or any further evil to one in distress; not to cut off the seed of men, nor to cause abortion in women through contraceptives and other devices; not to treat animals contrary to what either the god or some lawgiver has ordained; not to destroy seed; not to enslave offspring; not to impose an unjust yoke, nor an unfair measure, nor a false coin; not to reveal the secrets of friends in enmity; where indeed, by the god, are those Bouzygian curses for you? And see other things besides these: not to separate parents from children, even if you have captives; not to separate a wife from her husband, even if you are a master who has lawfully purchased him. How much more solemn and greater these are. And other small and ordinary things: not to empty a domestic bird's nest, he says, nor to kill animals that take refuge, as sometimes happens when they flee; not to do anything lesser of such things. Perhaps you would say these are worth nothing; but the law concerning them is great and the cause of all care, and the proclamations are great and the curses for destruction, and the god himself is the overseer of such things and the punisher everywhere." And after a little he says: "If it happened to be a whole day, or rather not even one, but many, and these not immediately consecutive, but at intervals, and these every seven days, with the custom of the profane, as is likely, always prevailing, do you not wonder that none of the commandments would be transgressed?
ἆρ' οὖν πρὸς ἀσκήσεως μόνον αὐτοῖς τοῦτο ἐγκρατείας ἐστίν, ὡς ἐξ ἴσου καὶ δρᾶν τι πονοῦντας καὶ ἀνέχειν ἰσχύειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων, εἰ δέοι; οὐ δῆτα, ἀλλ' ἢ καὶ πρὸς ἔργου μεγάλου καὶ θαυμαστοῦ τινος ᾠήθη δεῖν ὁ νομοθέτης αὐτοὺς μὴ τἄλλα μόνον ἱκανοὺς εἶναι δρᾶν καὶ μὴ δρᾶν ὡσαύτως, ἀλλ' ἔτι καὶ τῶν πατρίων νόμων καὶ ἐθῶν ἐμπεί8.7.12 ρως ἔχειν. τί οὖν ἐποίησε ταῖς ἑβδόμαις ταύταις ἡμέραις; αὐτοὺς εἰς ταὐτὸν ἠξίου συνάγεσθαι καὶ καθεζομένους μετ' ἀλλήλων σὺν αἰδοῖ καὶ κόσμῳ τῶν νόμων ἀκροᾶσθαι τοῦ μηδένα ἀγνοῆσαι χάριν. καὶ δῆτα συνέρχονται μὲν αἰεὶ καὶ συνεδρεύουσι μετ' ἀλλήλων, οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ σιωπῇ, πλὴν εἴ τι προσεπευφημῆσαι τοῖς ἀναγινωσκομένοις νομίζεται· τῶν ἱερέων δέ τις ὁ παρὼν ἢ τῶν γερόντων εἷς ἀναγινώσκει τοὺς ἱεροὺς νόμους αὐτοῖς καὶ καθ' ἕκαστον ἐξηγεῖται μέχρι σχεδὸν δείλης ὀψίας· κἀκ τοῦδε ἀπολύονται τῶν τε νόμων τῶν ἱερῶν ἐμπείρως ἔχοντες καὶ πολὺ δὴ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἐπιδεδωκότες. ἆρά σοι δοκεῖ ταῦτα ἀργούντων εἶναι καὶ οὐ παντὸς σπουδάσματος μᾶλλον ἀναγκαῖα αὐτοῖς; τοιγαροῦν οὐκ ἐπὶ θεσμῳδοὺς ἔρχονται περὶ τῶν πρακτέων καὶ μὴ διερωτῶντες οὐδὲ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ὑπ' ἀγνοίας τῶν νόμων ῥᾳδιουργοῦσιν, ἀλλ' ὅντινα αὐτῶν κινεῖς καὶ περὶ τῶν πατρίων διαπυνθάνῃ, προχείρως ἔχει καὶ ῥᾳδίως εἰπεῖν, καὶ ἀνὴρ γυναικὶ καὶ παισὶ πατὴρ καὶ δούλοις δεσπότης ἱκανὸς εἶναι δο8.7.15 κεῖ τοὺς νόμους παραδιδόναι. καὶ μὴν περὶ τοῦ γε ἔτους τοῦ ἑβδόμου ῥᾴδιον ὡσαύτως λέγειν, οὐ μὴν ταὐτὸν ἴσως.
Is it, then, only for the sake of training in self-control that they have this, so that they are equally able both to work hard at tasks and to refrain from them, if need be? Not at all; rather, the lawgiver thought it necessary that they be capable not only of doing and not doing other things in like manner, but also of being experienced in the ancestral laws and customs. What, then, did he do on these seventh days? He deemed it right that they should gather together in the same place and, sitting with one another in reverence and order, listen to the laws, so that no one might be ignorant of them. And indeed they always assemble and sit together, the majority in silence, except that it is customary to acclaim what is read; one of the priests present, or one of the elders, reads the sacred laws to them and explains each point until nearly late afternoon; and from this they depart, having experience of the sacred laws and having greatly advanced in piety. Do these things seem to you to belong to idlers, and are they not rather more necessary to them than any pursuit? Therefore they do not go to oracle-mongers to inquire about what is to be done or not, nor do they act carelessly on their own through ignorance of the laws; but if you question any one of them and inquire about the ancestral customs, he is readily and easily able to speak, and a man to his wife, a father to his children, and a master to his slaves seems capable of transmitting the laws. And indeed it is likewise easy to speak about the seventh year, though perhaps not the same thing.
οὐ γὰρ αὐτοὶ τῶν ἔργων ἀφεστᾶσιν ὥσπερ ταῖς ἑβδόμαις ἐκείναις ἡμέραις, ἀλλὰ τὴν γῆν ἀργὴν ἀφιᾶσιν εἰς τὰ μέλλοντα αὖθις, εὐθηνείας χάριν. πολὺ γὰρ διαφέρειν αὐτὴν ἀνάπαυλαν λαβοῦσαν εἶτα δὲ εἰς νέωτα γεωργεῖσθαι καὶ μὴ τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς ἐργασίας κατεξάνθαι. ταὐτὸν δὲ καὶ περὶ τὰ σώματα ἂν ἴδοις συμβαῖνον εἰς ῥώμην, οὐ γὰρ δὴ πρὸς ὑγείαν μόνον διαλείμματα καί τινας ἀναπαύλας ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων τοὺς ἰατροὺς προστάττοντας· τὸ γὰρ συνεχὲς καὶ μονοειδὲς αἰεί, μάλιστα δὲ ἐπ' ἔργων, βλάπτειν ἔοικε. σημεῖον δέ· τὴν γὰρ αὐτὴν ταύτην γῆν εἴ τις ἐπαγγέλλοιτο αὐτοῖς ἐξεργάσεσθαι πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ πρόσθεν τὸ ἕβδομον ἔτος τουτὶ καὶ τῶν καρπῶν πάντων συμπαραχωρήσειν ὅλων, οὐκ ἂν οὐδαμῶς δέξαιντο. οὐ γὰρ αὐτοὶ τῶν πόνων ἀνέχειν
οἴονται δεῖν μόνοι καίτοι κἂν εἰ τοῦτ' ἐποίουν, οὐδὲν ἂν θαυμαστὸν ἦν, ἀλλὰ τὴν χώραν αὐτοῖς ἄνεσίν τινα καὶ ῥᾳστώνην, εἰς ἀρχὴν ἑτέραν τῆς αὖθις ἐπιμελείας καὶ γεωργίας, λαβεῖν. ἐπεὶ τί ἐκώλυε πρὸς θεοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρελθόντος ἔτους αὐτὴν προεκδοῦναι καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὸν ἐκείνου φόρον τοῦ ἔτους ἐκλέγειν; ἀλλ', ὥσπερ ἔφην, κατ' οὐδένα τρόπον οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων, προνοίᾳ μοι δοκεῖ τῆς χώρας, ἐκδέ8.7.19 χονται. τῆς δὲ φιλανθρωπίας αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦτο μέγα ὡς ἀληθῶς σημεῖον ἐπεὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ τῶν ἔργων ἐκείνου τοῦ ἔτους ἀνέχουσι, τοὺς γινομένους καρποὺς οὐκ οἴονται δεῖν συλλέγειν οὐδ' ἀποτίθεσθαι, μὴ ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων πόνων περιόντας αὐτοῖς·
For they do not themselves abstain from the works as on those seventh days, but they leave the land fallow for future seasons, for the sake of abundance. For it makes a great difference that the land, having taken a rest, is then cultivated the following year and not worn out by the continuousness of labor. And you would see the same thing happening with bodies for strength; for it is not only for health that doctors prescribe intervals and certain rests from labors; for the continuous and uniform, especially in works, seems to cause harm. And here is a sign: if someone were to promise them to work this very land much more than before during this seventh year and to yield all the crops entirely, they would by no means accept it. For they do not think that they themselves alone ought to endure the labors—and yet even if they did this, it would be nothing remarkable—but that the land should have some relaxation and ease, as a beginning for the subsequent care and cultivation. For what, by God, prevented them from having leased it out in the past year and collecting that year's tribute from the workers? But, as I said, in no way do they accept any such things, as it seems to me, out of foresight for the land. And this too is truly a great sign of their philanthropy: since they themselves abstain from the labors of that year, they do not think they ought to gather or store the crops that grow, as they do not come to them from their own labors.
ἀλλ', ἅτε τοῦ θεοῦ παρεσχηκότος αὐτοῖς, ἀνιείσης ἐπ' αὐτομάτου τῆς γῆς, τοὺς βουλομένους ἢ δεομένους τῶν τε ὁδοιπόρων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀξιοῦσι μετὰ ἀδείας χρῆσθαι. καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἅλις σοι. τὸ γὰρ ταῖς ἑβδόμαις ἤδη τὸν νόμον αὐτοῖς στῆσαι ταῦτα, οὐκ ἂν ἐμὲ ἀπαιτήσαις, ἴσως πολλῶν πολλάκις καὶ ἰατρῶν καὶ φιλοσόφων καὶ φυσιολόγων ἀκηκοὼς περὶ τούτου πρότερον, ἥντινα ἄρα δύναμιν ἔχει πρός τε τὴν τῶν συμπάντων καὶ δῆτα πρὸς τὴν ἀνθρωπείαν φύσιν οὗτος ὁ τῆς ἑβδόμης λόγος.» Τοσαῦτα μὲν ὁ Φίλων. ὅμοια δ' αὐτῷ καὶ ὁ Ἰώσηπος ἱστορεῖ ἐν δευτέρῳ συγγράμματι ὧν πεποίηται Περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀρχαιότητος, τοῦτον γράφων καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν τρόπον·
ηʹ. ΙΩΣΗΠΟΥ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΚΑΤΑ ΜΩΣΕΑ ΠΟΛΙΤΕΥΜΑΤΟΣ «Τίς δ' ἦν ὁ μάλιστα κατορθώσας τοὺς νόμους καὶ τῆς δικαιοτάτης περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ πίστεως ἐπιτυχών, πάρεστιν ἐξ αὐτῶν κατανοεῖν τῶν νόμων ἀντιπαρα8.8.2 βάλλοντας· ἤδη γὰρ περὶ τούτων λεκτέον. οὐκοῦν ἄπειροι μὲν αἱ κατὰ μέρος τῶν ἐθῶν καὶ τῶν νόμων παρὰ τοῖς ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις διαφοραί. κεφαλαιω8.8.3 δῶς ἂν ἐπίοι τις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ μοναρχίαις, οἱ δὲ ταῖς ὀλίγων δυναστείαις, ἄλλοι δὲ τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἐπέτρεψαν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῶν πολιτευμάτων, ὁ δ' ἡμέτερος νομο θέτης εἰς μὲν τούτων οὐδ' ὁτιοῦν ἀπεῖδεν, ὡς δ' ἄν τις εἴποι βιασάμενος τὸν λόγον θεοκρατίαν ἀπέδειξε τὸ πολίτευμα, θεῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὸ κράτος ἀναθεὶς καὶ πείσας εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἅπαντας ἀφορᾶν ὡς αἴτιον μὲν ἁπάντων ὄντα τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἃ κοινῇ τε πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὑπάρχει καὶ ὅσων ἔτυχον αὐτοὶ δεηθέντες ἐν ἀμηχάνοις·
but when God has provided for them, the land yielding spontaneously, they deem it right that those who wish or need, whether travelers or others, may use it without hindrance. And concerning these matters, enough for you. For as to the law that established these things for them on the seventh days, you would not require me to explain, since perhaps you have often heard from many, both physicians and philosophers and naturalists, before now, what power this principle of the seventh has with regard to the whole universe and indeed to human nature.” So much for Philo. And Josephus, in the second book of his work entitled *On the Antiquity of the Jews*, relates similar things, writing in this manner:
8. JOSEPHUS ON THE MOSAIC CONSTITUTION: “Who it was that most perfectly established the laws and attained the most just belief concerning God, it is possible to perceive from the laws themselves by comparing them; for now we must speak about these matters. Now the differences in customs and laws among all peoples are infinite in detail. But if one were to summarize: some have entrusted the authority of their governments to monarchies, others to oligarchies, others to the masses. Our lawgiver, however, looked to none of these, but, as one might say, compelling the argument, he set forth the constitution as a theocracy, assigning the rule and power to God, and persuading all to look to him as the cause of all good things, both those common to all men and those which they themselves obtained when in need in difficult circumstances.
λαθεῖν δὲ τὴν ἐκείνου γνώμην οὐκ ἐνὸν οὔτε τι τῶν πραττομένων οὐδὲν οὔθ' ὧν ἄν τις παρ' αὑτῷ διανοηθείη. ἀλλ' αὐτὸν ἀπέφηνε καὶ ἀγένητον καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀΐδιον χρόνον ἀναλλοίωτον, πάσης ἰδέας θνητῆς κάλλει διαφέροντα καὶ δυνάμει μὲν ἡμῖν γνώριμον, ὁποῖος δὲ κατ' οὐσίαν ἐστὶν ἄγνω8.8.5 στον. ταῦτα περὶ θεοῦ φρονεῖν οἱ σοφώτατοι παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὅτι μὲν ἐδιδάχθησαν, ἐκείνου τὰς ἀρχὰς παρασχόντος, ἐῶ νῦν λέγειν, ὅτι δέ ἐστι καλὰ καὶ πρέποντα τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ φύσει καὶ μεγαλειότητι σφόδρα μεμαρτυρήκασι· καὶ γὰρ Πυθαγόρας καὶ Ἀναξαγόρας καὶ Πλάτων οἵ τε μετ' ἐκεῖνον ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι καὶ μικροῦ δεῖν ἅπαντες οὕτω φαίνονται περὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ φύσεως πεφρονηκότες. ἀλλ' οἱ μὲν πρὸς ὀλίγους φιλοσοφοῦντες εἰς πλήθη δόξαις κατειλημμένα τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ δόγματος ἐξενεγκεῖν οὐκ ἐτόλμησαν, ὁ δ' ἡμέτερος νομοθέτης, ἅτε δὴ τὰ ἔργα παρέχων τοῖς νόμοις σύμφωνα, οὐ μόνον τοὺς καθ' ἑαυτὸν ἔπεισεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ ἐκείνων ἀεὶ γενησομένοις τὴν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ πίστιν ἐνέφυσεν ἀμετακίνητον. αἴτιον δ', ὅτι καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς νομοθεσίας πρὸς τὸ χρήσιμον πάντων πολὺ διήνεγκεν. οὐ γὰρ μέρος ἀρετῆς ἐποίησε τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἀλλὰ ταύτης μέρη τἄλλα καὶ συνεῖδεν αὐτὰ καὶ κατέστησε, λέγω δὲ τὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν σωφροσύνην, τὴν καρτερίαν, τὴν τῶν πολιτῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐν ἅπασι συμφωνίαν. ἅπασαι γὰρ αἱ πράξεις καὶ διατριβαὶ καὶ
It is impossible to escape his notice, either in any of the things that are done or in what one might conceive in his own mind. But he declared him both unbegotten and, for eternal time, unchangeable, surpassing every mortal form in beauty, and known to us in power, but unknowable as to what he is in essence. That the wisest among the Greeks thought these things about God, having been taught them, with him providing the beginnings, I now refrain from saying; but that they are good and fitting to the nature and majesty of God, they have strongly testified. For Pythagoras, Anaxagoras, Plato, and those after him from the Stoic school, and nearly all, are manifest to have thought thus about the nature of God. But they, philosophizing for the few, did not dare to bring the truth of the doctrine out to the multitudes held captive by opinions; whereas our lawgiver, since he provided works in harmony with the laws, not only persuaded those of his own time, but also implanted in those who would ever be born from them an unshakable faith concerning God. The reason is that he also differed greatly in the manner of his legislation, for the benefit of all. For he did not make piety a part of virtue, but made the other virtues parts of it, and he both understood and established them—I mean justice, temperance, endurance, and the harmony of the citizens with one another in all things. For all the actions and pursuits and
λόγοι πάντες ἐπὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἡμῖν εὐσέβειαν ἔχουσι τὴν ἀναφοράν· οὐδὲν γὰρ τούτων ἀνεξέταστον οὐδ' ἀόριστον παρέλιπεν. δύο μὲν γάρ εἰσιν ἁπάσης παιδείας τρόποι καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰ ἤθη κατασκευῆς, ὧν ὁ μὲν λόγῳ διδασκαλικός, ἅτερος δὲ διὰ τῆς ἀσκήσεως τῶν ἠθῶν. οἱ μὲν οὖν ἄλλοι νομοθέται ταῖς γνώμαις διέστησαν καὶ τὸν ἕτερον αὐτῶν ὃν ἔδοξεν ἑκάστοις ἑλόμενοι τὸν ἕτερον παρέλιπον· οἷον Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν καὶ Κρῆτες ἔθεσιν ἐπαίδευον, οὐ λόγοις, Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ καὶ σχεδὸν οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες Ἕλληνες ἃ μὲν χρὴ πράττειν ἢ μὴ προσέτασσον διὰ τῶν νόμων, τοῦ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὰ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐθίζειν ὠλιγώρησαν. ὁ δ' ἡμέτερος νομοθέτης ἄμφω ταῦτα συνήρμοσε κατὰ πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν· οὔτε γὰρ κωφὴν ἀπέλιπε τὴν τῶν ἠθῶν ἄσκησιν οὔτε τὸν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου λόγον ἄπρακτον εἴασεν, ἀλλ' εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἀρξάμενος τροφῆς καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ἑκάστων διαίτης οὐδὲν οὐδὲ τῶν βραχυτάτων αὐτεξούσιον ἐπὶ ταῖς βουλήσεσι τῶν χρησομένων κατέλιπεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ σιτίων ὅσων ἀπέχεσθαι χρὴ καὶ τίνα προσφέρεσθαι καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινωνησόντων τῆς διαίτης ἔργων τε συντονίας καὶ τοὔμπαλιν ἀναπαύσεως ὅρον ἔθηκεν αὐτὸς καὶ κανόνα τὸν νόμον, ἵν' ὥσπερ ὑπὸ πατρὶ τούτῳ καὶ δεσπότῃ ζῶντες μήτε βουλόμενοι μηθὲν μήθ' ὑπ' ἀγνοίας ἁμαρτάνωμεν. οὐδὲ γὰρ τὴν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑποτίμησιν κατέλιπεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κάλλιστον καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον ἀπέδειξε παίδευμα τὸν νόμον, οὐκ εἰσάπαξ ἀκροασαμένοις οὐδὲ δὶς ἢ πολλάκις, ἀλλ' ἑκάστης ἑβδομάδος τῶν ἄλλων ἔργων ἀφεμένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρόασιν ἐκέλευσε τοῦ νόμου συλλέγεσθαι καὶ τοῦτον ἀκριβῶς ἐκμανθάνειν·
All discourses have their reference to piety toward God; for he left none of these things unexamined or undefined. There are two modes of all education and of the formation of character, one of which is teaching by word, the other through the practice of habits. Now other lawgivers have differed in their opinions and, choosing whichever of these two seemed good to each, have neglected the other. For example, the Lacedaemonians and Cretans educated by customs, not by words, while the Athenians and almost all other Greeks prescribed by their laws what should or should not be done, but neglected to habituate people to these through actions. Our lawgiver, however, combined both of these with great care; for he neither left the practice of habits mute nor allowed the word of the law to be inoperative, but beginning from the very first nurture and the daily life of each household, he left nothing, not even the smallest things, to the free will of those who would use them, but concerning what foods must be abstained from and what should be taken, and concerning those who would share in the diet, and the intensity of work, and conversely rest, he himself established a limit and a rule, the law, so that living under this as under a father and master, we might err neither by will nor by ignorance. For he did not even leave the excuse of ignorance, but showed the law to be the most beautiful and most necessary instruction, not for those who hear it once or twice or many times, but he commanded that every week, abstaining from other works, they should assemble for the hearing of the law and learn it accurately.
ὃ δὴ πάντες ἐοίκασιν οἱ νομοθέται παραλιπεῖν. καὶ τοσοῦτον οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπέχουσι τοῦ κατὰ τοὺς οἰκείους ζῆν νόμους ὥστε σχεδὸν αὐτοὺς οὐδ' ἴσασιν· ἀλλ' ὅταν ἐξαμαρτάνωσι, τότε παρ' ἄλλων μανθάνουσιν ὅτι τὸν νόμον παραβεβήκασιν. οἵ τε τὰς μεγίστας καὶ κυριωτάτας παρ' αὐτοῖς ἀρχὰς διοικοῦντες ὁμολογοῦσι τὴν ἄγνοιαν· ἐπιστάτας γὰρ παρακαθίστανται τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων οἰκονομίας τοὺς ἐμπειρίαν ἔχειν τῶν νόμων ὑπισχνουμένους. ἡμῶν δ' ὁντινοῦν τις ἕλοιτο, τοὺς νόμους ῥᾷον ἄν τις εἴποι πάντας ἢ τοὔνομα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ. τοιγαροῦν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης εὐθὺς αἰσθήσεως αὐτοὺς ἐκμανθάνοντες ἔχομεν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὥσπερ ἐγκεχαραγμένους, καὶ σπάνιος μὲν ὁ παραβαίνων, ἀδύνατος δ' ἡ τῆς κολάσεως παραίτησις. τοῦτο πρῶτον ἁπάντων τὴν θαυμαστὴν ὁμόνοιαν ἡμῖν ἐμπεποίηκε. τὸ γὰρ μίαν μὲν ἔχειν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν δόξαν περὶ θεοῦ, τῷ βίῳ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσι μηδὲν ἀλλήλων διαφέρειν καλλίστην ἐν ἤθεσιν ἀνθρώπων συμφωνίαν ἀποτελεῖ. παρ' ἡμῖν γὰρ μόνοις οὔτε περὶ θεοῦ λόγους ἀκούσεταί τις ἀλλήλοις ὑπεναντίους, ὁποῖα πολλὰ παρ' ἑτέροις οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν τυχόντων μόνον τὸ κατὰ τὸ προσπεσὸν ἑκάστῳ λέγεται πάθος, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρά τισι τῶν φιλοσόφων ἀποτετόλμηται, τῶν μὲν τὴν ὅλην τοῦ θεοῦ φύσιν ἀναιρεῖν τοῖς λόγοις ἐπικεχειρηκότων, ἄλλων δὲ τὴν ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων αὐτὸν πρόνοιαν ἀφαιρουμένων· οὐδ' ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι τῶν βίων ὄψεται διαφοράν, ἀλλὰ κοινὰ μὲν ἔργα πάντων παρ' ἡμῖν, εἷς δ' ὁ λόγος ὁ τῷ νόμῳ συμφωνῶν περὶ θεοῦ, πάντα λέγων ἐκεῖνον ἐφορᾶν.
which all lawgivers seem to have omitted. And so far are most men from living according to their own laws that they scarcely even know them; but when they transgress, then they learn from others that they have broken the law. Even those who administer the greatest and most authoritative offices among them confess their ignorance; for they appoint as overseers of the management of affairs those who profess to have experience of the laws. But if one were to choose any of our people, one could more easily recite all the laws than one's own name. Therefore, from the very first perception we learn them thoroughly, having them as if engraved in our souls, and the transgressor is rare, while remission of punishment is impossible. This first of all has produced in us that wonderful concord. For to have one and the same opinion about God, and to differ in nothing from each other in life and customs, produces the finest harmony in human characters. For among us alone will one hear no contradictory discourses about God, such as are many among others, uttered not only by ordinary people according to the passion that befalls each, but also dared by some philosophers, some of whom have attempted to abolish the whole nature of God by their arguments, while others have denied his providence for men; nor will one see any difference in the practices of our lives, but among us all works are common, and there is one discourse in harmony with the law concerning God, saying that he oversees everything.
καὶ μὴν περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ὅτι δεῖ πάντα τὰ ἄλλα τέλος ἔχειν τὴν εὐσέβειαν, καὶ γυναικῶν ἀκούσειεν ἄν τις καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν. ὅθεν δὴ καὶ τὸ προσφερόμενον ἡμῖν ὑπό τινων ἔγκλημα, τὸ δὴ μὴ καινῶν εὑρετὰς ἔργων ἢ λόγων ἄνδρας παρασχεῖν, ἐντεῦ8.8.17 θεν συμβέβηκεν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι τὸ μηδενὶ τῶν πατρίων ἐμμένειν καλὸν εἶναι νομίζουσι καὶ τοῖς μάλιστα τολμῶσι ταῦτα παραβαίνειν σοφίας δεινότητα μαρτυροῦσιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον μίαν εἶναι καὶ φρόνησιν καὶ ἀρετὴν ὑπειλήφαμεν, τὸ μηδὲν ὅλως ὑπεναντίον μήτε πρᾶξαι μήτε διανοηθῆναι τοῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς νομοθετηθεῖσιν. ὅπερ εἰκότως ἂν εἴη τεκμήριον τοῦ
κάλλιστα τεθῆναι τὸν νόμον. τὰ γὰρ μὴ τοῦτον ἔχοντα τὸν τρόπον αἱ πεῖραι δεόμενα διορθώσεως ἐλέγχουσιν· ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς πεισθεῖσιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τεθῆναι τὸν νόμον κατὰ θεοῦ βού8.8.19 λησιν οὐδ' εὐσεβὲς ἦν ἔτι τοῦτον μὴ φυλάττειν. τί γὰρ αὐτοῦ τις ἂν μετακινήσειεν ἢ τί κάλλιον ἐξεῦρεν ἢ τί παρ' ἑτέρων ὡς ἄμεινον μετήνεγκεν; ἆρά γε τὴν ὅλην κατάστασιν τοῦ πολιτεύματος; καὶ τίς ἂν καλλίων ἢ δικαιοτέρα γένοιτο τῆς τὸν θεὸν μὲν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ὅλων ἡγεῖσθαι πεποιημένης, τοῖς ἱερεῦσι δὲ κοινῇ μὲν τὰ μέγιστα διοικεῖν ἐπιτρεπούσης, τῷ δὲ πάντων ἀρχιερεῖ πάλιν πεπιστευκυίας τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἱερέων ἡγεμονίαν; οὓς οὐ κατὰ πλοῦτον οὐδέ τισιν ἄλλαις προὔχοντας αὐτομάτοις πλεονεξίαις τὸ πρῶτον εὐθὺς ὁ νομοθέτης ἐπὶ τὴν τιμὴν ἔταξεν, ἀλλ' ὅσοι τῶν μετ' αὐτοῦ πειθοῖ τε καὶ σωφροσύνῃ τῶν ἄλλων διέφερον, τούτοις τὴν περὶ τὸν θεὸν μάλιστα θεραπείαν ἐνεχείρι8.8.21 σεν.
And indeed, concerning the practices of life, that all other things must have piety as their end, one might hear even from women and slaves. Hence also the accusation brought against us by some, that we have produced no men who are inventors of new works or words, has arisen from this. For others consider it good to abide by none of their ancestral customs, and they attribute cleverness of wisdom to those who most dare to transgress them, but we on the contrary have assumed that prudence and virtue are one and the same, namely to do or think nothing at all contrary to the laws originally established. This would reasonably be a proof that the law was laid down most excellently. For things not having this character are shown by experience to need correction; but for us, who have been persuaded that the law was laid down from the beginning according to the will of God, it was not even pious not to keep it. For what could one move from it, or what better could one discover, or what from others could one transfer as superior? The whole constitution of the polity? And what could be more beautiful or more just than that which has made God the leader of the whole, which entrusts to the priests in common the administration of the greatest matters, and which has again entrusted to the high priest of all the leadership of the other priests? These the lawgiver did not at once appoint to the honor according to wealth or certain other automatic advantages, but those among his followers who excelled the others in persuasiveness and temperance, to these he entrusted especially the service concerning God.
τοῦτο δ' ἦν καὶ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀκριβὴς ἐπιμέλεια· καὶ γὰρ ἐπόπται πάντων καὶ δικασταὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων καὶ κολασταὶ τῶν κατεγνωσμένων οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐτάχθησαν. Τίς ἂν οὖν ἀρχὴ γένοιτο ταύτης ὁσιωτέρα; τίς δὲ τιμὴ θεῷ μᾶλλον ἁρμόζουσα; παντὸς μὲν τοῦ πλήθους κατεσκευασμένου πρὸς τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἐξαίρετον δὲ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν ἱερέων πεπιστευμένων, ὥσπερ δὲ τελετῆες τινος τῆς ὅλης πολιτείας οἰκονομουμένης. ἃ γὰρ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν ἀριθμὸν ἐπιτηδεύοντες ἄλλοι φυλάττειν οὐ δύνανται, μυστήρια καὶ τελετὰς ἐπονομάζοντες, ταῦτα μετὰ πολλῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ γνώμης ἀμεταθέτου φυλάττομεν ἡμεῖς διὰ τοῦ παντὸς αἰῶνος. τίνες οὖν εἰσιν αἱ προρρήσεις καὶ προαγορεύσεις; ἁπλαῖ τε καὶ γνώριμοι. πρώτη δ' ἡγεῖται ἡ περὶ θεοῦ λέγουσα· Θεὸς ἔχει τὰ σύμπαντα, παντελὴς καὶ μακάριος, αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ καὶ πᾶσιν αὐτάρκης, ἀρχὴ καὶ μέσα καὶ τέλος οὗτος τῶν ἁπάντων, ἔργοις μὲν καὶ χάρισιν ἐναργὴς καὶ παντὸς οὗτινος φανερώτερος, μορφὴν δὲ καὶ μέγεθος ἡμῖν ἀφανέστατος. πᾶσα μὲν ὕλη πρὸς εἰκόνα τὴν τούτου, κἂν ᾖ πολυτελής, ἄτιμος· πᾶσα δὲ τέχνη πρὸς μιμήσεως ἐπίνοιαν ἄτεχνος· οὐδὲν ὅμοιον οὔτ' εἴδομεν οὔτ' ἐπινοοῦμεν οὔτ' εἰκάζειν ἐστὶν ὅσιον. ἔργα βλέπομεν αὐτοῦ φῶς, οὐρανόν, γῆν, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην, ποταμοὺς καὶ θάλατταν, ζῴων γενέσεις, καρπῶν ἀναδόσεις. ταῦτα θεὸς ἐποίησεν, οὐ χερσὶν οὐδὲ πόνοις οὐδέ τινων συνεργασαμένων ἐπιδεηθείς, ἀλλ' αὐτοῦ καλὰ θελήσαντος καλῶς ἦν εὐθὺς γεγονότα. τούτῳ δεῖ πάντας ἀκολου θεῖν καὶ θεραπεύειν αὐτὸν ἀσκοῦντας ἀρετήν· τρόπος γὰρ θεοῦ θεραπείας οὗτος ὁσιώτατος.
This was the precise care of the law and of all other practices; for the priests were appointed as overseers of all things, judges of disputed matters, and punishers of those condemned. What office, then, could be more holy than this? What honor more fitting for God? The whole multitude was fashioned toward piety, while the special care was entrusted to the priests, and the entire polity was administered as a kind of initiation. For what others, practicing for a few days, call mysteries and rites and cannot preserve, we guard with great pleasure and unwavering resolve throughout all time. What, then, are the prophecies and proclamations? They are simple and clear. The first and foremost is that concerning God, which says: God holds all things together, perfect and blessed, sufficient to himself and to all; he is the beginning, middle, and end of all things, manifest in his works and graces and clearer than anything else, yet in form and magnitude most invisible to us. Every material, even if costly, is dishonored compared to an image of him; every art is artless compared to the conception of an imitation; we have seen nothing like him, nor can we conceive of him, nor is it holy to form a likeness. We see his works: light, heaven, earth, sun and moon, rivers and sea, the generations of animals, the production of fruits. These God made, not with hands or labors, nor needing any co-workers, but as soon as he willed them beautifully, they were beautifully made. All must follow him and serve him by practicing virtue; for this is the most holy way of serving God.
εἷς ναὸς ἑνὸς θεοῦ φίλον γὰρ ἀεὶ παντὶ τὸ ὅμοιον, κοινὸς ἁπάντων, κοινοῦ θεοῦ ἁπάντων. τοῦτον θεραπεύουσι μὲν διὰ παντὸς οἱ ἱερεῖς· ἡγεῖται δὲ τούτων ὁ πρῶτος ἀεὶ κατὰ γένος. οὗτος μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἱερέων θύσει τῷ θεῷ, φυλάξει τοὺς νόμους, δικάσει περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων, κολάσει τοὺς ἐλεγχθέντας. ὁ τούτῳ μὴ πειθόμενος ὑφέξει δίκην, ὡς εἰς τὸν θεὸν αὐτὸν ἀσεβῶν. θύομεν τὰς θυσίας οὐκ εἰς πλήρωσιν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ μέθην ἀβούλητα γὰρ θεῷ τάδε καὶ πρόφασις ἂν ὕβρεως γένοιτο καὶ πολυτελείας, ἀλλὰ σώφρονας, εὐτάκτους, εὐσταλεῖς, ὅπως μάλιστα θύοντες σωφρονῶσι. καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς θυσίαις ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς εὔχεσθαι χρὴ πρῶτον σωτηρίας, εἶθ' ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν· ἐπὶ γὰρ κοινωνίᾳ γεγόναμεν καὶ ταύτην ὁ προτιμῶν τοῦ καθ' ἑαυτὸν ἰδίου μάλιστα εἴη θεῷ κεχαρισμένος. παράκλησις δὲ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἔστω διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς καὶ δέησις, οὐχ ὅπως διδῷ τὰ ἀγαθά δέδωκε γὰρ αὐτὸς ἑκὼν καὶ πᾶσιν εἰς μέσον κατατέθεικεν, ἀλλ' ὅπως δέχεσθαι δυνώμεθα καὶ λαβόντες φυλάττωμεν. ἁγνείας ἐπὶ ταῖς θυσίαις διείρηκεν ὁ νόμος ἀπὸ κήδους, ἀπὸ λέχους, ἀπὸ κοινωνίας τῆς πρὸς γυναῖκα καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων, ἃ μακρὸν ἂν εἴη νῦν γράφειν. τοιοῦτος μὲν ὁ περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐκείνου θεραπείας λόγος ἡμῖν ἐστιν· ὁ δ' αὐτὸς ἅμα καὶ νόμος. τίνες δὲ οἱ
one temple of one God, for like is always dear to like, common to all, of a common God of all. The priests serve him continually; and the first among them by descent always leads them. He, together with the other priests, will sacrifice to God, guard the laws, judge disputed matters, and punish those convicted. Whoever disobeys him will pay the penalty, as one who impiously offends against God himself. We offer sacrifices not for our own gratification and drunkenness—for these are displeasing to God and would be a pretext for insolence and extravagance—but soberly, orderly, and modestly, so that those sacrificing may be especially temperate. And at the sacrifices, one must pray first for the common safety, then for oneself; for we are born for community, and one who prefers this to his own private interest would be most pleasing to God. Let the appeal to God be through prayer and supplication, not that he may give good things—for he himself has freely given and laid them out in common for all—but that we may be able to receive them and, having received them, keep them. The law has prescribed purity at sacrifices from mourning, from sexual intercourse, from relations with a woman, and from many other things, which it would be long to write now. Such is our account concerning God and his worship; and this same account is also law. And who are the
περὶ γάμων; μῖξιν μόνην οἶδεν ὁ νόμος τὴν κατὰ φύσιν τὴν πρὸς γυναῖκα, καὶ ταύτην, εἰ μέλλοι τέκνων ἕνεκα γενήσεσθαι. τὴν δὲ πρὸς ἄρρενα ἀρρένων ἐστύγηκε, καὶ θάνατος τὸ ἐπιτίμιον εἴ τις ἐπιχειρήσειε. γαμεῖν δὲ κελεύει μὴ προικὶ προσέχοντας μηδὲ βιαίοις ἁρπαγαῖς μηδ' αὖ δόλῳ καὶ δι' ἀπάτης πείσαντας, ἀλλὰ μνηστεύειν παρὰ τοῦ δοῦναι κυρίου καὶ κατὰ συγγένειαν ἐπιτηδείου. γυνὴ χείρων, φησίν, ἀνδρὸς εἰς ἅπαντα· τοιγαροῦν ὑπακουέτω, μὴ πρὸς ὕβριν, ἀλλ' ἵνα ἄρχηται· θεὸς γὰρ ἀνδρὶ κράτος ἔδωκε. ταύτῃ συνεῖναι δεῖ τὸν γήμαντα μόνῃ· τὸ δὲ τὴν ἄλλου πειρᾶν ἀνόσιον. εἰ δέ τις τοῦτο πράξειεν, οὐδεμία θανάτου παραίτησις, οὔτε εἰ βιάσαιτο παρθένον ἑτέρῳ συνωμολογημένην οὔτ' εἰ πείσαι γεγαμημένην. τέκνα τρέφειν ἅπαντα προσέταξε. καὶ γυναιξὶν ἀπεῖπε μήτ' ἀμβλοῦν τὸ σπαρὲν μήτε διαφθείρειν, ἀλλ' ἢν φανείη, τεκνοκτόνος ἂν εἴη ψυχὴν ἀφανίζουσα καὶ τὸ γένος ἐλαττοῦσα. τοιγαροῦν οὐδ' εἴ τις ἐπὶ λέχους φθορὰν παρέλθοι, καθαρὸς εἶναι τότε προσήκει. καὶ μετὰ τὴν νόμιμον συνουσίαν ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς ἀπολούεσθαι· ψυχῆς ἔχειν τοῦτο μερισμὸν πρὸς ἄλλην χώραν ὑπέλαβε· καὶ γὰρ ἐμφυομένη σώμασι κακοπαθεῖ καὶ τούτων αὖ πάλιν θανάτῳ διακριθεῖσα. διόπερ ἁγνείας ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔταξεν.
Concerning marriages: the law recognizes only natural union with a woman, and that only if it is for the sake of children. It abhors union with a male, and death is the penalty if anyone attempts it. It commands that one marry not by attending to dowry, nor by violent abduction, nor yet by guile and deceit, but by betrothal from the one authorized to give her and according to suitability of kinship. Woman is inferior, it says, to man in all things; therefore let her obey, not for insult, but that she may be ruled; for God has given power to the man. The husband must be with her alone; to tempt another's wife is unholy. If anyone does this, there is no remission of death, whether he violates a virgin betrothed to another or seduces a married woman. It commanded that all children be reared. And it forbade women either to abort the conceived or to destroy it; if one were discovered, she would be a child-killer, destroying a soul and diminishing the race. Therefore, even if one passes over the corruption of the bed, it is not then proper to be pure. And after lawful intercourse of man and woman, one must wash; it supposed this to be a division of the soul to another region; for the soul, when implanted in bodies, suffers evil, and again when separated from them by death. Therefore it ordained purity in all such matters.
οὐ μὴν οὐδ' ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν παίδων γενέσεσιν ἐπέτρεψεν εὐωχίαν συντελεῖν καὶ προφάσεις ποιεῖσθαι μέθης, ἀλλὰ σώφρονα τὴν ἀρχὴν εὐθὺς τῆς τροφῆς ἔταξε καὶ γράμματα παιδεύειν ἐκέλευσε τὰ περὶ τοὺς νόμους καὶ τῶν προγόνων τὰς πράξεις ἐπίστασθαι, τὰς μὲν ἵνα μιμῶνται, τοῖς δ' ἵνα συντρεφόμενοι μήτε παραβαίνωσι μήτε σκῆψιν ἀγνοίας ἔχωσι. τῆς εἰς τοὺς τετελευτηκότας προὐνόησεν ὁσίας οὐ πολυτελείαις ἐνταφίων οὐδὲ κατασκευαῖς μνημείων ἐπιφανῶν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν περὶ τὴν κηδείαν ἔταξε τοῖς οἰκειοτάτοις ἐπιτελεῖν, πᾶσι δὲ τοῖς παριοῦσι θαπτομένου τινὸς καὶ προσελθεῖν καὶ συναποδύρεσθαι νόμιμον ἐποίησε. καθαίρειν δὲ κελεύει καὶ τὸν οἶκον καὶ τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας ἀπὸ κήδους, ἵνα πλεῖστον ἀπέχῃ τοῦ δοκεῖν κα8.8.39 θαρὸς εἶναί τις φόνον ἐργασάμενος. γονέων τιμὴν μετὰ τὴν πρὸς θεὸν δευτέραν ἔταξε· καὶ τὸν οὐκ ἀμειβόμενον τὰς παρ' αὐτῶν χάριτας, ἀλλ' εἰς ὁτιοῦν ἐλλείποντα, λευσθησόμενον παραδίδωσι. κελεύει καὶ παντὸς τοῦ πρεσβυ8.8.41 τέρου τιμὴν ἔχειν τοὺς νέους, ἐπεὶ πρεσβύτατον ὁ θεός. κρύπτειν οὐδὲν ἐᾷ πρὸς φίλους, οὐ γὰρ εἶναι φιλίαν τὴν μὴ πάντα πιστεύουσαν· κἂν συμβῇ τις ἔχθρα, τούτων ἀπόρρητα λέγειν κεκώλυκε. δικάζων εἰ δῶρά τις λάβοι, θάνατος ἡ ζημία. περιορῶν ἱκέτην, βοηθεῖν ἐνόν, ὑπεύθυνος. ὃ μὴ κατέθηκέ τις, οὐκ ἀναιρήσεται. τῶν ἀλλοτρίων οὐδενὸς ἅψεται. δανείσας τόκον οὐ λήψεται. ταῦτα καὶ πολλὰ τούτοις ὅμοια τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἡμῶν συνέχει κοι8.8.43 νωνίαν. πῶς δὲ καὶ τῆς περὶ τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους ἐπιεικείας ἐφρόντισεν ὁ νομοθέτης ἄξιον ἰδεῖν·
Nor did it permit feasting and occasions for drunkenness even at the birth of children, but immediately ordained a temperate beginning of nurture and commanded that they be taught letters, to learn the laws and the deeds of their ancestors, the latter so that they might imitate them, the former so that, being reared with them, they might neither transgress nor have the excuse of ignorance. It provided for piety toward the dead, not through costly funerals or the construction of conspicuous monuments, but it assigned the rites of burial to the nearest relatives to perform, and made it lawful for all who pass by when someone is being buried to approach and join in the lamentation. And it commands that both the house and its inhabitants be purified from a funeral, so that one who has committed murder may be as far as possible from being considered pure. It placed honor of parents second after that toward God; and one who does not repay their kindnesses, but falls short in any respect, it hands over to be stoned. It commands that the young hold every elder in honor, since God is the most ancient. It allows nothing to be hidden from friends, for there is no friendship that does not entrust everything; and if any enmity occurs, it has forbidden revealing secrets of these matters. If a judge takes bribes, the penalty is death. One who overlooks a suppliant, when able to help, is liable. What one has not deposited, one shall not take away. One shall touch nothing belonging to others. One who lends shall not take interest. These and many similar things hold together our common life. And how the lawgiver provided for gentleness toward foreigners is worth seeing.
φανεῖται γὰρ ἄριστα πάντων προνοησάμενος ὅπως μήτε τὰ οἰκεῖα διαφθείρωμεν μήτε φθονήσωμεν τοῖς μετέχειν τῶν ἡμετέρων προαιρουμένοις. ὅσοι μὲν γὰρ θέλουσιν ὑπὸ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν νόμους ζῆν ὑπελθόντες, δέχεται φιλοφρόνως, οὐ τῷ γένει μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ προαιρέσει τοῦ βίου νομίζων εἶναι τὴν οἰκειότητα· τοὺς δ' ἐκ παρέργου προσιόντας ἀναμίγνυσθαι ταῖς συνηθείαις οὐκ ἠθέλησε. τὰ ἄλλα δὲ προείρηκεν ὧν ἐστιν ἡ μετάδοσις ἀναγκαία· πᾶσι παρέχειν τοῖς δεομένοις πῦρ, ὕδωρ, τροφήν, ὁδοὺς φράζειν, ἄταφον μὴ περιορᾶν. ἐπιεικῆ δὲ καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους κριθέντα εἶναι· οὐ γὰρ ἐᾷ τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν πυρπολεῖν οὐδὲ κόπτειν ἥμερα δένδρα συγκεχώρηκεν· ἀλλὰ καὶ σκυλεύειν ἀπείρηκε τοὺς ἐν τῇ μάχῃ πεσόντας καὶ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων προὐνόησεν, ὅπως αὐτῶν ὕβρις ἀπῇ, μάλιστα δὲ γυναικῶν. οὕτως δὲ πόρρωθεν ἡμερότητα καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν διδάσκειν ἡμᾶς ἐσπούδασεν ὥστε οὐδὲ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων ὠλιγώρησεν, ἀλλὰ μόνην μὲν ἀφῆκε τούτων χρῆσιν τὴν νενομισμένην, πᾶσαν δ' ἑτέραν ἐκώλυσεν. ἃ
For he will be seen to have made the best provision for all things, so that we neither destroy our own nor begrudge those who choose to share in our ways. For all who wish to live under the same laws as us, submitting themselves, he receives kindly, considering kinship to lie not only in race but also in the choice of life; but those who approach casually to mingle in our customs he has not wished to admit. The other things of which the sharing is necessary he has prescribed beforehand: to provide to all who are in need fire, water, food, to point out roads, not to leave a corpse unburied. And the measures judged toward enemies are also equitable; for he does not permit burning their land, nor has he allowed cutting down cultivated trees; but he has also forbidden stripping the fallen in battle, and has made provision for captives, that outrage be kept from them, especially from women. And he has been so zealous to teach us gentleness and philanthropy from afar that he has not even neglected irrational animals, but has permitted only the customary use of them, and has forbidden all other.
δ' ὥσπερ ἱκετεύοντα προσφεύγει ταῖς οἰκίαις, ἀπεῖπεν ἀνελεῖν· οὐδὲ νεοττοῖς τοὺς γονέας αὐτῶν ἐπέτρεψε συνεξαιρεῖν· φείδεσθαι δὲ κἀν τῇ πολεμίᾳ τῶν ἐργαζομένων ζῴων καὶ μὴ φονεύειν. οὕτω πανταχόθεν τὰ πρὸς ἐπιείκειαν περιεσκέψατο, διδασκαλικοῖς μὲν τοῖς προειρημένοις χρησάμενος νόμοις, τοὺς δ' αὖ κατὰ τῶν παραβαινόντων τιμωρητικοὺς τάξας οὐκ ἄνευ προφάσεως. ζημία γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν παραβαινόντων ἐστὶ θάνατος, ἂν μοιχεύσῃ τις, ἂν βιάσηται κόρην, ἂν ἄρρενι τολμήσῃ πεῖραν προσφέ8.8.49 ρειν, ἂν ὑπομείνῃ παθεῖν ὁ πειρασθείς. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ δούλοις ὁμοίως ὁ νόμος ἀπαραίτητος. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ μέτρων ἤν τις κακουργήσειεν ἢ σταθμῶν ἢ περὶ πράσεως ἀδίκου καὶ δόλῳ γενομένης κἂν ὑφέληταί τις ἀλλότριον κἂν ὃ μὴ κατέθηκεν ἀνέληται, πάντων εἰσὶ κολάσεις, οὐχ οἷαι παρ' ἑτέροις, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον. περὶ μὲν γὰρ γονέων ἀδικίας ἢ τῆς εἰς θεὸν ἀσεβείας, κἂν μέλλῃ τις, εὐθὺς ἀπόλλυται. τοῖς μέντοι γε κατὰ τοὺς νόμους πάντα πράττουσι γέρας ἐστὶν οὐκ ἀργύριον οὐδὲ χρυσός, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ κοτίνου στέφανος ἢ σελίνου καὶ τοιαύτη τις ἀνακήρυξις, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς ἕκαστος αὑτῷ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔχων μαρτυροῦν πεπίστευκε τοῦ μὲν νομοθέτου προφητεύσαντος, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τὴν πίστιν ἰσχυρὰν παρεσχηκότος ὅτι τοῖς τοὺς νόμους διαφυλάξασι, κἂν εἰ δέοι θνήσκειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, προθύμως ἀποθανοῦσιν ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς γενέσθαι τε πάλιν καὶ βίον ἀμείνω λαβεῖν ἐκ περιτροπῆς.
...themselves to the same laws as us, he forbade killing them, even as they fled to houses like suppliants; nor did he permit their parents to be taken together with the young; he commanded to spare even in enemy territory the animals that work, and not to kill them. Thus from all sides he provided for fairness, using the aforementioned laws as teaching, and setting in place punitive laws against transgressors not without reason. For the penalty for most transgressions is death: if one commits adultery, if one violates a maiden, if one dares to attempt a male, if the one tempted submits. And the law is equally inexorable for slaves. But also concerning measures, if one should cheat in weights or in unjust sale made by deceit, or if one should steal another's property, or take up what one did not deposit, there are punishments for all, not as among others, but more severe. For concerning injustice to parents or impiety toward God, even if one intends it, he is immediately destroyed. However, for those who do everything according to the laws, the reward is not silver or gold, nor a crown of wild olive or celery and such a proclamation, but each one, having his own conscience as witness, has believed that the lawgiver prophesied and that God provided strong assurance that for those who preserve the laws, even if they must die for them, and die willingly, God has granted that they come to be again and receive a better life through renewal.
ὤκνουν δ' ἂν ἐγὼ νῦν ταῦτα γράφειν, εἰ μὴ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἦν ἅπασι φανερὸν ὅτι πολλοὶ καὶ πολλάκις ἤδη τῶν ἡμετέρων περὶ τοῦ μηδὲ ῥῆμα μόνον φθέγξασθαι παρὰ τὸν νόμον πάντα παθεῖν γενναίως ὑπέστησαν. καίτοι γε εἰ μὴ συμβεβήκει γνώριμον ἡμῶν τὸ ἔθνος ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις ὑπάρχειν κἀν φανερῷ κεῖσθαι τὴν ἐθελούσιον ἡμῶν τοῖς νόμοις ἀκολουθίαν, ἀλλά τις ἢ συγγράψαι λέγων αὐτὸς ἀνεγίνωσκε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἤ που περιτυχεῖν ἔξω τῆς γινωσκομένης γῆς ἔφασκεν ἀνθρώποις τοιαύτην μὲν ἔχουσι δόξαν οὕτω σεμνὴν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοιούτοις δὲ νόμοις πολὺν αἰῶνα βεβαίως ἐμμεμενηκόσι, πάντας ἂν οἶμαι θαυμάσαι διὰ τὰς συνεχεῖς παρ' αὐτοῖς μεταβολάς· ἀμέλει τῶν γράψαι τι παραπλήσιον εἰς πολιτείαν καὶ νόμους ἐπιχειρησάντων ὡς θαυμαστὰ συνθέντων κατηγοροῦσι, φάσκοντες αὐτοὺς λαβεῖν ἀδυνάτους ὑποθέσεις. καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους παραλείπω φιλοσόφους, ὅσοι τι τοιοῦτον ἐν τοῖς συγγράμμασιν ἐπραγματεύσαντο· Πλάτων δὲ θαυμαζόμενος παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ὡς καὶ σεμνότητι βίου διενεγκὼν καὶ δυνάμει λόγων καὶ πειθοῖ πάντας ὑπεράρας τοὺς ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ γεγονότας, ὑπὸ τῶν φασκόντων δεινῶν εἶναι τὰ πολιτικὰ μικροῦ δεῖν χλευαζόμενος καὶ κωμῳδούμενος διατελεῖ. καίτοι τἀκείνου σκοπῶν συχνῶς τις ἂν εὕροι ῥᾴον α ὄντα καὶ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν ἔγγιον συνηθείας. αὐτὸς δὲ Πλάτων ὡμολόγηκεν ὅτι τὴν ἀληθῆ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ δόξαν εἰς τὴν τῶν ὄχλων ἄνοιαν οὐκ ἦν ἀσφαλὲς ἐξενεγκεῖν. ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν Πλάτωνος λόγους τινὲς εἶναι κενοὺς νομίζουσι, κατὰ πολλὴν ἐξουσίαν κεκαλλιγραφημένους.
I would now hesitate to write these things, were it not evident to all from the facts that many of our people have already, and often, nobly endured everything rather than utter a single word contrary to the law. And yet, if it were not that our nation is known to all men and our voluntary adherence to the laws lies in plain sight, but someone were to say that he himself read to the Greeks, or claimed to have encountered outside the known world, men holding such a reverent opinion of God and having steadfastly abided by such laws for a long age, I think everyone would marvel because of the constant changes among them. Indeed, they accuse those who have attempted to write something similar on government and laws of composing marvels, claiming they have taken impossible hypotheses. And I pass over the other philosophers, all who have treated such matters in their writings; but Plato, admired among the Greeks as having excelled in dignity of life and in power of speech and persuasion beyond all who have been in philosophy, is continually mocked and ridiculed by those who claim to be skilled in politics, almost to the point of being laughed at. Yet, examining his works frequently, one would find them easier and closer to the common custom. Plato himself admitted that it was not safe to bring the true opinion of God to the ignorance of the masses. But some consider Plato's words to be empty speeches, elegantly written with great license.
μάλιστα δὲ τῶν νομοθετῶν Λυκοῦργον τεθαυμάκασι καὶ τὴν Σπάρτην ἅπαντες ὑμνοῦσιν, ὅτι τοῖς ἐκείνου νόμοις ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐνεκαρτέρησαν. οὐκοῦν τοῦτο μὲν ὡμολογήσθω τεκμήριον ἀρετῆς εἶναι, τὸ πείθεσθαι τοῖς νόμοις. οἱ δὲ Λακεδαιμονίους θαυμάζοντες τὸν ἐκείνων χρόνον ἀντιπαραβαλλέτωσαν τοῖς πλείοσιν ἢ δισχιλίοις ἔτεσι τῆς ἡμετέρας πολιτείας· καὶ προσέτι λογιζέσθωσαν ὅτι Λακεδαιμόνιοι μέν, ὅσον ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χρόνον εἶχον τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἀκριβῶς ἔδοξαν τοὺς νόμους διαφυλάττειν, ἐπεὶ μέντοι περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐγένοντο μεταβολαὶ τῆς τύχης, μικροῦ δεῖν ἁπάντων ἐξελάθοντο τῶν νόμων· ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐν τύχαις μυρίαις γεγονότες διὰ τὰς τῶν βασιλευσάντων τῆς Ἀσίας μεταβολάς, οὐδ' ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις τῶν δεινῶν τοὺς νόμους προὔδομεν.» Ταῦτα μὲν καὶ ὁ Ἰώσηπος
περὶ τῆς κατὰ Μωσέα Ἰουδαίων πολιτείας. περὶ δὲ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τεθεῖσι νόμοις ἐπεσκιασμένης καὶ ἀλληγορικῆς θεωρίας πολλὰ ἔχων εἰπεῖν ἐπαρκεῖν ἡγοῦμαι τὰς Ἐλεαζάρου καὶ Ἀριστοβούλου διηγήσεις, ἀνδρῶν τὸ μὲν γένος Ἑβραίων ἀνέκαθεν, τὸν δὲ χρόνον κατὰ τοὺς Πτολεμαίων χρόνους διαπρεψάντων. ὧν ὁ Ἐλεάζαρος καὶ τῷ τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης ἀξιώματι τετιμημένος μικρῷ πρότερον ἡμῖν ἐδηλοῦτο, ὃς δὴ τοῖς παρὰ βασιλέως ὡς αὐτὸν ἥκουσι διὰ πρεσβείας ἕνεκα τῆς τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν λόγων ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μεταβολῆς, τὸν τρόπον ὑποτυπούμενος τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις ἀλληγορουμένης ἰδέας, τοιαύτην πεποίηται τοῦ λόγου τὴν διδασκαλίαν·
Above all, the lawgivers have admired Lycurgus, and everyone praises Sparta because they persevered in his laws for the longest time. So let it be agreed that this is a proof of virtue: obedience to the laws. But those who admire the Lacedaemonians should compare their duration with the more than two thousand years of our polity; and further, let them consider that the Lacedaemonians, as long as they had their freedom, seemed to preserve the laws strictly, but when changes of fortune befell them, they all but forgot all their laws; whereas we, having been in countless circumstances due to the changes of the rulers of Asia, did not betray the laws even in the extremes of calamities. So says Josephus concerning the polity of the Jews under Moses. But concerning the hidden and allegorical theory in the laws laid down by him, although I have much to say, I consider the accounts of Eleazar and Aristobulus sufficient—men who were of Hebrew descent originally and who flourished in the time of the Ptolemies. Of these, Eleazar, who was honored with the dignity of the high priesthood, was mentioned by us a little earlier; he, when those sent by the king to him on an embassy for the translation of the Hebrew writings into Greek, outlining the manner of the allegorical idea in the sacred laws, made such a teaching of the discourse.